AVALON_U
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each
component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advice which are necessary for
driving
5
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
6
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
7
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
8
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
9
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
AVALON_U
For your information....................... 8
Reading this manual.................... 14
How to search.............................. 15
Pictorial index .............................. 16
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safe driving ................... 28
Seat belts ............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 50
Safety information for
children ............................. 55
Child restraint systems........ 56
Installing child restraints...... 60
Exhaust gas precautions..... 70
1-2. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect.................... 71
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system............................... 77
Alarm................................... 80
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators...........................84
Gauges and meters.............90
Multi-information display......93
Head-up display.................109
Fuel consumption
information.......................116
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
AVALON_U
9
6
3-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 122
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors................................. 125
Trunk ................................. 131
Smart key system.............. 135
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 142
Rear seats......................... 144
Driving position
memory ........................... 146
Head restraints.................. 151
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 153
Inside rear view mirror....... 155
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 157
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows ................. 160
Moon roof.......................... 164
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle .............170
Cargo and luggage............178
Vehicle load limits..............181
Trailer towing.....................182
Dinghy towing....................183
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch......184
Automatic transmission .....189
Turn signal lever................195
Parking brake ....................196
Brake Hold.........................200
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch ................202
Automatic High Beam........206
Windshield wipers and
washer.............................210
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap...................................214
3
Operation of each
component
4
Driving
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
AVALON_U
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 218
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 226
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)....... 238
Dynamic radar cruise
controlwith full-speed
range............................... 248
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 261
• BSM function ................ 265
• RCTA function .............. 267
Rear Camera Detection
function ........................... 272
Intuitive parking assist....... 276
Intelligent Clearance
Sonar (ICS) ..................... 284
Driving mode select
switches .......................... 305
Driving assist systems....... 309
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips.............. 316
5-1. Using the
air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................322
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters/
seat ventilators ................329
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................332
• Interior light ...................333
• Personal lights...............333
• Ambient lights................334
5-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features......335
• Glove box ......................336
• Console box ..................336
• Bottle holders ................337
• Cup holders...................338
• Auxiliary boxes ..............339
• Open tray ......................340
Trunk features ...................341
5
Interior features
5
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
AVALON_U
9
6
5-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ....... 342
• Sun visors..................... 342
• Vanity mirrors................ 342
• Power outlet.................. 343
• USB charging ports....... 344
• Wireless charger........... 346
• Armrest ......................... 355
• Assist grips ................... 355
• Coat hooks.................... 356
Garage door opener.......... 357
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ..........366
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ...........369
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ...................372
General maintenance ........374
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs .........................378
6-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions......................379
Hood..................................381
Positioning a floor jack.......382
Engine compartment .........383
Tires...................................393
Tire inflation pressure........407
Wheels...............................410
Air conditioning filter ..........412
Electronic key battery ........414
Checking and replacing
fuses................................416
Light bulbs .........................419
6
Maintenance and care
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6
AVALON_U
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 422
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency ................. 423
If the vehicle is trapped in
rising water...................... 424
7-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 425
If you think something is
wrong .............................. 428
Fuel pump shut off
system............................. 429
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 430
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 440
If you have a flat tire.......... 445
If the engine will not
start ................................. 457
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........ 459
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 462
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 466
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................ 469
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) ..........472
Fuel information.................481
Tire information..................484
8-2. Customization
Customizable features.......497
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize................505
7
When trouble arises
8
Vehicle specifications
7
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
AVALON_U
9
6
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners ............................. 508
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 509
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 511
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting).....................522
Alphabetical index......................525
9
For owners Index
For information regarding the equipment listed below, refer to “NAV-
IGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
• Navigation system
• Audio/visual system
• Toyota parking assist monitor
• Panoramic view monitor
• Toyota Entune
8
AVALON_U
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment,
including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment
not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel
evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi-
cles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi-
fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
● Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
● Toyota Safety Sense P
● Anti-lock brake system
● SRS airbag system
● Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
9
AVALON_U
The vehicle is equipped with sophisticated computers that will record certain
data, such as:
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped.
These computers do not record conversations or sounds, and only record
images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
• Engine speed/Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the driving assist systems, such as the ABS and pre-
collision system
• Images from the front camera (available only when certain safety sys-
tems are activated, which varies depending on the vehicle specifica-
tions).
●
Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota
without notification to you.
●
Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
●
Recorded image information can be erased by your Toyota dealer.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the function is
disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates will not be avail-
able.
●
To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by
Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
Vehicle data recording
10
AVALON_U
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those ser-
vices, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota,
please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland
only)
11
AVALON_U
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
●
Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-
cle) is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
Event data recorder
12
AVALON_U
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
WARNING
■ General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■ General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition,
heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal
to children.
13
AVALON_U
14
AVALON_U
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
Reading this manual
1
2
3
15
AVALON_U
■
Searching by name
• Alphabetical index.......P. 525
■
Searching by installation
position
• Pictorial index................P. 16
■
Searching by symptom or
sound
• What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ........P. 522
■
Searching by title
• Table of contents.............P. 2
How to search
16
AVALON_U
Pictorial index
Pictorial index
■
Exterior
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 125
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 125
Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . P. 459
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Opening from inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Opening from outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157
Driving position memory
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Defogging the mirrors
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324
1
2
3
17
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210
Precautions for winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 316
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 214
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 214
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 474
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 393
Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 478
Winter tires/tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 316
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . P. 393
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 445
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 381
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 381
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 475
Coping with overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 466
Front turn signal lights/parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195, 202
Headlights/daytime running lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Front side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Front turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Daytime running lights/parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Front turn signal lights/cornering lights . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195, 202
Side turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Rear turn signal lights/rear side marker lights/
tail lights/stoplights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195, 202
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
4
5
6
7
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 419, Watts: P. 480)
*
: If equipped
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
■
Instrument panel
Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 184
Starting the engine/changing the positions or modes . . . . . . . P. 184
Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 423
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 457
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
Precautions for towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 425
When the shift lever does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 193
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 90
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel lights . . . . . P. 90
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 84
When a warning light comes on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 430
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 93
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 93
When the warning messages are displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 440
1
2
3
19
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
Parking brake switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196, 197
Precautions for winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 317
Warning light/warning buzzer/
warning message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199, 430
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Headlights/side marker lights/parking lights/tail lights/
license plate lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 202
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 392
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422
Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 381
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever
*
1
. . . . . . . . P. 153
Tilt and telescopic steering control switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 322
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 322
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324
Entune Audio Plus
*
1, 2
Entune Premium Audio*
1, 2
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
20
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
■
Switches
Automatic High Beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 206
VSC OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 311
Heated steering wheel
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 330
Trunk opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Fuel filler door opener switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 216
Camera switch
*
1, 2
“ODO/TRIP” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 95
Instrument panel light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 91
Driving mode select switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 305
Brake hold switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 200
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
21
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
Driving position memory switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Driving position memory
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Outside rear view mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 127
Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1
2
3
4
5
22
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 94
Paddle shift switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 254
Cruise control switches
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range. . . . . . . . . P. 248
Audio remote control switches
*
2
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 238
Phone switch
*
2
Talk switch*
2
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
23
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
■
Interior
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 36
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 26
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 142
Driving position memory
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 151
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 30
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 336
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 127
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338
Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 144
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 355
*
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24
Pictorial index
AVALON_U
Interior lights/personal lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 332
Moon roof switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 164
“SOS” button
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 71
Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 342
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 342
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 155
Garage door opener switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 357
*
1
: The illustration shows the front, but they are also equipped in the rear.
*
2
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
25
For safety and security
1
AVALON_U
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safe driving ................... 28
Seat belts............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 50
Safety information for
children ............................. 55
Child restraint systems........ 56
Installing child restraints...... 60
Exhaust gas precautions..... 70
1-2. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect ................... 71
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 77
Alarm................................... 80
26
AVALON_U
1-1. For safe use
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Before driving
Floor mat
1
*
2
27
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ When installing the driver’s floor mat
● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
● Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■ Before driving
● Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
● With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P, fully depress each pedal to
the floor to make sure it does not inter-
fere with the floor mat.
28
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Adjust the angle of the
seatback so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (P. 142)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (P. 142)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (P. 151)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 30 )
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (P. 30 )
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(P. 56)
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside
and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 155, 157)
For safe driving
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1
2
Correct use of the seat belts
Adjusting the mirrors
3
4
29
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
● Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
● Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
● When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
30
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
● Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
● Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
● Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight and
well back in the seat.
● Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Release
button
1
2
31
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal or
side collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a minor side impact or a
rear impact.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
Release button
1
2
Seat belt pretensioners (front and outboard rear seats)
32
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger's shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (P. 60)
■ Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 56)
● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 30)
■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■ Seat belt extender
■ Rear seat belt
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.
Use the seat belt after passing it through
the guide if the seat belt comes free from
the guide.
33
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Wearing a seat belt
● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
● Always wear a seat belt properly.
● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■ Pregnant women
■ People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 30)
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 30)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
34
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ Seat belt pretensioners
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger's seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
● If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
■ Adjustable shoulder anchor
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 31)
■ Seat belt damage and wear
● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
● Always make sure the shoulder belt passes through the guide when using
the seat belt. Failure to properly position the belt may reduce the amount
of protection in an accident and could lead to death or serious injury in a
collision or sudden stop.
● Always make sure that the seat belt is not twisted, does not get caught in
the guide or the seatback and is arranged in the proper position.
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Using a seat belt extender
● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
NOTICE
■ When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
36
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
◆
SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components
SRS knee airbags
Can help provide driver and front passenger protection
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
1
2
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
◆
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS rear side airbags
Can help protect the torso of occupants in the rear outer seats
SRS curtain shield airbags
● Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
● Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the
vehicle in the event of vehicle rollover
3
4
5
38
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
SRS airbag system components
Front impact sensors
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
Knee airbags
Side impact sensors (front
doors)
Side impact sensors (front)
Front passenger airbag
Front side airbags
Curtain shield airbags
Rear side airbags
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
SRS warning light
Airbag sensor assembly
Side impact sensors (rear)
Driver airbag
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
Driver’s seat position sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10
in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250
mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by
reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the
airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
40
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 56)
● If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the driver’s seat belt buckle
but the seat belt extender has not also
been fastened to the latch plate of the
driver’s seat belt, the SRS front airbags
for the driver will judge that the driver is
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags for the
driver may not activate correctly in a
collision, resulting in death or serious
injury in the event of a collision. Be sure
to wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
● Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
● Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
● Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seats toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
42
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
● Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and knee airbags deploy.
● Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, the windows, front or
rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip.
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS knee airbag will deploy,
be sure to remove it.
● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the SRS airbags.
Such accessories may prevent the side airbags from activating correctly,
disable the system or cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, result-
ing in death or serious injury.
● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS
airbag components or the front doors.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS
airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.
44
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars, roof side rails, front door panels, front door trims or front door
speakers
● Modifications to the front door panel (such as making a hole in it)
● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches, or roof luggage carrier
● Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
● Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails,
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
● The windshield may crack.
● The interior lights will turn on automatically. (P. 332)
● The emergency flashers will turn on automatically. (P. 422)
● For Safety Connect subscribers, if any of the following situations occur, the
system is designed to send an emergency call to the response center, noti-
fying them of the vehicle’s location (without needing to push the “SOS” but-
ton) and an agent will attempt to speak with the occupants to ascertain the
level of emergency and assistance required. If the occupants are unable to
communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency and
helps to dispatch the necessary emergency services. (P. 71)
• An SRS airbag is deployed.
• A seat belt pretensioner is activated.
• The vehicle is involved in a severe rear-end collision.
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 -
18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
● The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat,
even if the seat is unoccupied.
46
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
● Both SRS curtain shield airbags may deploy in the event of a severe side
collision.
● Both SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
● Both SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a severe
frontal collision.
■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a
serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle.
Some examples are shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
● Landing hard or falling
● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal.
● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front
airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
collision.
● Collision from the side
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
● Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
● Collision from the side at an angle
● Collision from the front
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
48
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
■ When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
● Collision from the rear
● Pitching end over end
● The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
● A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged, deformed or has had a
hole made in it, or the vehicle was
involved in an accident that was not
severe enough to cause the SRS side
and curtain shield airbags to inflate.
● The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger
airbag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
● The surface of the seats with the SRS
side airbag is scratched, cracked, or oth-
erwise damaged.
● The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the SRS curtain shield
airbags inside is scratched, cracked, or
otherwise damaged.
50
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt reminder light
SRS warning light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
Front passenger occupant classification
system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi-
fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the front passenger
airbag and front passenger knee airbag.
1
2
3
4
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■
Adult
*
1
■
Child
*
4
■
Child restraint system with infant
*
5
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi-
fication system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG ON”
SRS warning light Off
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Front passenger knee airbag
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF” or
“AIR BAG ON”
*
4
SRS warning light Off
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
4
Front passenger knee airbag
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
*
6
SRS warning light Off
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
52
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
■
Unoccupied
■
There is a malfunction in the system
*
1
: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize
him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*
3
: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*
4
: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convert-
ible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors
which may affect this can be the physique or posture.
*
5
: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on
the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (P. 5 6)
*
6
: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how
to install the child restraint system properly. (P. 60)
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
SRS warning light
Off
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
On
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Wear the seat belt properly.
● Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pocket).
● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
54
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not acti-
vate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear
seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the
vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the
effectiveness of the seat belt system.
● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (P. 6 0)
● Do not modify or remove the front seats.
● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
● Do not place anything between the console box and front passenger seat.
Otherwise, the system may not detect the front passenger properly, lead-
ing to improper operation of the airbags.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so that the head restraint does not touch
the ceiling. If the head restraint is left in contact with the ceiling, the system
may not detect the front passenger properly, leading to improper operation
of the airbags.
55
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
● It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch etc.
● Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally.
● Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, trunk, seats etc.
Safety information for children
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat
build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to
children.
56
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
● For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 60)
Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be
properly restrained on the seat with the LATCH anchors or the
lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
57
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
■ Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
● If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 30)
Types of child restraints
Rear facing Infant seat/con-
vertible seat
Forward facing Convertible
seat
Booster seat
58
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Child restraint precautions
● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as
far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident.
● Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident.
59
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ When the child restraint system is not in use
● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the trunk. This will prevent it from injuring
passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.
60
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for
the outboard rear seats. (Marks
displaying the location of the
anchors are attached to the seats.)
Seat belts equipped with a child
restraint locking mechanism
(ALR/ELR belts except driver’s
seat belt) (P. 3 2)
Anchor brackets (for top tether
strap)
An anchor bracket is provided for
each rear seat.
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH
anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing
a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system
is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children) system.
61
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■
When installing in the rear outboard seats
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 151)
Remove the cover.
With flexible lower attachments
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH
anchors.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child
restraint system indicates the
presence of a lower connec-
tor system.
Installation with LATCH system
1
2
Canada only
3
62
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
With rigid lower attachments
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child
restraint system indicates the
presence of a lower connec-
tor system.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child
restraint manufacturer’s operation manual regarding the installa-
tion, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap
anchor. (P. 67)
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 69)
■
When installing in the rear center seat
There are no LATCH anchors behind the rear center seat. How-
ever, the inboard LATCH anchors of the outboard seats, which are
16.9 in. (430 mm) apart, can be used if the child restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions permit use of those anchors with the
anchor spacing stated.
Child restraint systems with rigid lower attachments cannot be
installed in the center seat. This type of child restraint system can
only be installed in the outboard seat.
Canada only
3
4
5
63
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■
Rear-facing Infant seat/convertible seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
1
2
3
64
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
While pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
■
Forward-facing Convertible seat
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 151)
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
4
1
2
3
65
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 67)
4
5
6
66
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
■
Booster seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P. 30)
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
1
2
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
67
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
Adjust the head restraint to the
upmost position.
If the head restraint interferes with
the child restraint system installa-
tion and the head restraint can be
removed, remove the head
restraint. (P. 151)
Secure the child restraint sys-
tem using the seat belt or
LATCH anchors.
Open the anchor bracket cover,
latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap
1
2
Hook
Top tether strap
3
68
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (P. 32)
■ When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
● Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoid-
able. When installing a forward-facing
child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat, move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
69
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may
not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child
restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be
sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If
it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different
position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
■ To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it
may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerve or an accident.
70
1-1. For safe use
AVALON_U
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
■ Important points while driving
● Keep the trunk lid closed.
● If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the trunk lid is closed,
open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
■ When parking
● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
● Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
■ Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
71
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
1-2. Emergency assistance
■
System components
Microphone
LED light indicators
“SOS” button
Safety Connect
: If equipped
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that
uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cel-
lular technology to provide safety and security features to sub-
scribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated
response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be
bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and
its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to
time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com in the
United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in
Canada. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such
then-applicable Terms and Conditions.
1
2
3
72
1-2. Emergency assistance
AVALON_U
■
Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
● Automatic Collision Notification
*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency ser-
vice providers. (P. 74)
*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
● Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 74 )
● Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 74)
● Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 75)
■
Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agree-
ment and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call the following appropriate Safety Connect
response center or push the “SOS” button in your vehicle for further
subscription details.
• The United States
1-855-405-6500
• Canada
1-888-869-6828
• Puerto Rico
1-877-855-8377
73
1-2. Emergency assistance
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■ Safety Connect Services Information
● Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth
®
technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
● Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models (in
the contiguous United States only). Contact with the Safety Connect
response center is dependent upon the telematics device being in operative
condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception,
which can limit the ability to reach the response center or receive emer-
gency service support. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement are required. A variety of subscription terms are available;
charges vary by subscription term selected and location.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen Vehicle
Location are available in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska,
Puerto Rico and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance are available
in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle and
Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the U.S. Virgin Islands.
For vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect services
will function in or outside the U.S. Virgin Islands.
● Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommuni-
cations Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
■ Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English, Spanish, and
French. Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
■ When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the red indi-
cator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green
indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
● Green indicator light on = Active service
● Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
● Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction
(contact your Toyota dealer)
● No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
74
1-2. Emergency assistance
AVALON_U
■
Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the
system is designed to automatically call the response center. The
responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to
speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automati-
cally treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer-
gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that
assistance be sent to the location.
■
Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author-
ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing
a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-855-
405-6500 in the United States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1-
888-869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Con-
nect to initiate this service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United
States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
■
Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to
reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent
will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and
dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center
agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
Safety Connect services
75
1-2. Emergency assistance
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■
Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the
Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations,
please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are
available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in
Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
■
Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire-
less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan-
dards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
● ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
● NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ment) Report 86 [1986]
● ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval-
uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engi-
neers, and physicians from universities, and government health
agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to
develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
Safety information for Safety Connect
76
1-2. Emergency assistance
AVALON_U
■ Certification for Safety Connect
FCC ID: LHJ-TVN
IC: 2807E-TVN
77
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
1-3. Theft deterrent system
The indicator light flashes after
the engine switch has been turned
off to indicate that the system is
operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNI-
TION ON mode to indicate that
the system has been canceled.
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
■ Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
● If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
● If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
78
1-3. Theft deterrent system
AVALON_U
■ Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
79
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
NOTICE
■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
80
1-3. Theft deterrent system
AVALON_U
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.
The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
● A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using
the entry function, wireless remote control or mechanical key. (The
doors will lock again automatically.)
● The trunk is opened in any way other than using the entry function
or wireless remote control.
● The hood is opened.
Close the doors, trunk and hood,
and lock all the doors. The system
will be set automatically after 30
seconds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the sys-
tem is set.
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarm:
● Unlock the doors.
● Open the trunk using the entry function or wireless remote control.
● Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or
start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a
few seconds.)
Alarm
The alarm
Setting the alarm system
Deactivating or stopping the alarm
81
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
AVALON_U
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
■ Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
● Nobody is in the vehicle.
● The windows and moon roof (if equipped) are closed before the alarm is set.
● No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
■ Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
● The trunk is opened using the mechani-
cal key.
● A person inside the vehicle opens a door
or the trunk or hood, or unlocks the vehi-
cle.
● The battery is recharged or replaced
when the vehicle is locked. (P. 464)
82
1-3. Theft deterrent system
AVALON_U
■ Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle:
● When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is
activated.
● While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
● When recharging or replacing the battery
NOTICE
■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
83
Instrument cluster
2
AVALON_U
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators .......................... 84
Gauges and meters ............ 90
Multi-information display ..... 93
Head-up display ................ 109
Fuel consumption
information ...................... 116
84
AVALON_U
2. Instrument cluster
The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on
the target region.
Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster, cen-
ter panel and outside rear view mirrors inform the driver of the
status of the vehicle’s various systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustrations dis-
play all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
85
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light (P. 430)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
(P. 431)
*
1
(Canada)
(Red)
Brake system warning
light (P. 430)
*
1
(Canada)
ABS warning light
(P. 431)
*
1
(Yellow)
Brake system warning
light (P. 430)
*
2
Brake Override System/
Drive-Start Control/Intel-
ligent Clearance Sonar
(if equipped) warning
light (P. 431)
*
2
High coolant tempera-
ture warning light
(P. 430)
(U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator
(P. 432)
*
2
Charging system
warning light (P. 430)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator
(P. 432)
*
2
Low engine oil pressure
warning light (P. 430)
*
1, 3
Brake hold operated
indicator (P. 432)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (P. 431)
*
1
(Red/yellow)
Electric power steering
system warning light
(P. 432)
*
1
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (P. 431)
*
1, 4
PCS warning light
(P. 432)
*
1
SRS warning light
(P. 431)
*
1, 3
(if equipped)
ICS OFF indicator
(P. 433)
86
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off
after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a mal-
function in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
3
: This light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*
4
: This light flashes or illuminates to indicate a malfunction.
*
5
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
2
(Amber)
LDA indicator (P. 432)
*
5
Rear passengers’ seat
belt reminder lights
(P. 433)
*
1
Slip indicator (P. 433)
*
1
Master warning light
(P. 433)
Low fuel level warning
light (P. 433)
*
1
Tire pressure warning
light (P. 434)
Driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt
reminder light (P. 433)
87
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(P. 195)
*
1
Brake hold standby
indicator (P. 200)
(U.S.A.)
Headlight indicator
(P. 202)
*
2
Cruise control indicator
(P. 248)
(Canada)
Tail light indicator
(P. 202)
*
2
Dynamic radar cruise
control indicator
(P. 248)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 203)
*
2
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (P. 248)
*
2
Automatic High Beam
indicator (P. 206)
*
1, 4
PCS warning light
(P. 230)
*
1, 2, 3
Eco driving indicator
(P. 107)
*
1, 4
(if equipped)
ICS OFF indicator
(P. 287)
(U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator
(P. 196)
*
2
(White)
LDA indicator (P. 238)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator
(P. 196)
*
2
(Green)
LDA indicator (P. 238)
*
1
Brake hold operated
indicator (P. 200)
*
2, 5
(Amber)
LDA indicator (P. 238)
88
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
*
1, 5
Slip indicator (P. 310)
*
2
Smart key system indi-
cator (P. 184)
*
1, 4
VSC OFF indicator
(P. 312)
*
2
“SPORT” indicator
(P. 305)
*
2
“BSM” indicator
(P. 261)
*
2
(if equipped)
“SPORT S” indicator
(P. 305)
*
2
“RCTA” indicator
(P. 261)
*
2
(if equipped)
“SPORT S+” indicator
(P. 305)
*
6, 7
BSM (Blind Spot Moni-
tor) outside rear view
mirror indicators
(P. 261)
*
2
(if equipped)
“CUSTOM” indicator
(P. 305)
*
1, 8
“AIR BAG
ON/OFF”
indicator
(P. 50)
*
2
“ECO MODE” indicator
(P. 305)
*
8
Security indicator
(P. 77, 80)
*
2, 9
Low outside tempera-
ture indicator (P. 90)
*
2
(if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist
indicator (P. 276)
89
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off
after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a mal-
function in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
3
: This light does not turn on when the system is disabled.
*
4
: This light turns on when the system is off.
*
5
: This light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
6
: These indicators will illuminate in the following situations to indicate that
the system initial check is being performed:
• When the BSM function or RCTA function is enabled and the engine
switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
• When the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the BSM function
is enabled.
• When the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the RCTA func-
tion is enabled. (At this time, a buzzer will also sound.)
The indicators will turn off after a few seconds. If the indicators do not
illuminate or turn off, or if a buzzer does not sound when the RCTA func-
tion is enabled, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
7
: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*
8
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
9
: When the outside temperature is approximately 37°F (3°C) or lower, this
indicator will flash for approximately 10 seconds, then stay on.
WARNING
■ If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning lights not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately if this occurs.
90
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
The units used on the meters may differ depending on the target region.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Shift position (P. 189)
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40°C) to
122°F (50°C). Low outside temperature indicator comes on when the
ambient temperature is 37°F (3°C) or lower.
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (P. 93)
Displays warning messages in case of a malfunction (P. 440)
Speedometer
Fuel gauge
Odometer and trip meter P. 106)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature
Gauges and meters
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
91
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
The brightness of some of the interior lights will be changed when the
brightness of the instrument panel lights is adjusted. (P. 332)
Darker
Brighter
• The brightness of the instrument
panel lights can be adjusted
individually for day mode and
night mode
*.
• If the brightness is adjusted
when the surroundings are
bright and the tail lights are on
(day mode brightness adjust-
ment), the brightness level of
night mode will be adjusted at
the same time.
*: Day mode and night mode: P. 92
Instrument panel light control
1
2
92
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■ The meters and display illuminate when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Brightness of the meters (day mode and night mode)
● The brightness of the meters is changed between day mode and night
mode.
• Day mode: When the tail lights are off or when the tail lights are on but
the surrounding area is bright
• Night mode: When the tail lights are on and the surrounding area is dark
● When in night mode, the brightness will be reduced slightly unless the
meters are set to the maximum brightness level.
■ Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
● When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
● When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit
of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
● When “” or “E” is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning.
Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the engine and its components
● Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
● The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P. 466)
93
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of driv-
ing-related data, such as the current outside temperature. The multi-
information display can also be used to change the display settings
and other settings.
Indicators (P. 8 4)
Driving assist system status display area
Displays the operational status of the following systems:
• Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (P. 248)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 238)
Speed limit display (vehicles with a navigation system) (U.S.A.
only)
Clock
For clock settings, refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
Speedometer
The speedometer display can be enabled/disabled in on the multi-
information display. (P. 100)
When is selected, the speedometer may be displayed in the content
display area.
Multi-information display
Summary of functions
1
2
3
4
5
94
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Content display area
A variety of information can be displayed by selecting a menu icon. Addi-
tionally, warning or suggestion/advice pop-up displays will be displayed in
some situations.
• Menu icon content (P. 96)
• Suggestion function (P. 106)
• Warning message (P. 440)
Odometer/trip meter (P. 106)
Shift position (P. 189)
Outside temperature (P. 9 0)
Menu icons (P. 96 )
“ODO/TRIP” switch (P. 95 )
Meter control switches (P. 94 )
◆
Using the content display area
The content display area is operated using the meter control
switches.
Scroll screens
*
, change the
displayed content
*
and move
the cursor
Press: Enter/Set
Press and hold: Reset/Dis-
play the next screen
Return to the previous
screen
Pressing and holding the switch will display the first screen of the
selected menu icon.
Call sending/receiving display
Linked with the hands-free system, sending or receiving call is dis-
played. For details regarding the hands-free system, refer to the “NAVI-
GATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
*: When the screen can be scrolled or different content can be displayed,
a mark, such as an arrow, will be displayed to suggest which switch to
operate.
Using the multi-information display
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
95
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
◆
Using the odometer/trip meter
Items in this area are operated using the “ODO/TRIP” switch.
Press: Change displayed item
Each time the switch is pressed,
the displayed item will be
changed.
Press and hold: Reset
Display the desired trip meter
and press and hold the switch to
reset the trip meter.
96
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Select a menu icon to display its content.
Driving information (P. 97)
Select to display the following:
• Speedometer/driving range
• Fuel consumption
• Eco Driving Indicator/driving range
Driving assist system information
Select to perform the following:
Display the operational status of the following systems:
• Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (P. 248)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 238)
Display the following navigation system-linked information (if equipped):
• Route guidance
• Compass display (heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the multi-infor-
mation display using the meter control switches.
Vehicle information
Select to perform the following:
Display the following information:
• Tire inflation pressure (P. 394)
Enable/Disable the following systems:
• Parking assist (Intuitive parking assist) (if equipped) (P. 276)
• BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) function (P. 261)
• RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function (P. 261)
These functions can also be enabled/disabled on .
Settings display (P. 100)
Select to change the meter display settings and other settings.
Warning message display (P. 440)
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a mal-
function is detected.
Menu icons
97
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
Speedometer/driving range
• Speedometer
• Driving range
Displays the driving range with remaining fuel.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
■
Fuel consumption
Current fuel consumption
Displays the instantaneous cur-
rent fuel consumption.
Average fuel economy (after
start)
Displays the average fuel con-
sumption since engine start.
*
1
Driving range
Displays the driving range with remaining fuel.*
2, 3
Driving information ( )
1
2
3
98
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Gadget
*
4
The following items can be displayed by changing the settings for gad-
get content and fuel economy type on . (P. 100)
Average fuel economy
Displayed item (listed below) can be changed on the fuel economy type
screen of . (P. 100)
● Total (after reset)
Displays the average fuel consumption since the display was reset.*
1, 5
● Tank (after refuel)
Displays the average fuel consumption since the vehicle was
refueled.
*
1, 2
4
Displayable item
Content
Gadget
content
Fuel economy
type
Average
vehicle
speed
Trip
(after start)
Displays the average vehicle speed since
engine start.
Tot al
(after reset)
Displays the average vehicle speed since the
display was reset.
*
5
Distance
Trip
(after start)
Displays the distance driven since vehicle
start.
Tot al
(after reset)
Displays the distance driven since the display
was reset.
*
5
Elapsed
time
Trip
(after start)
Displays the elapsed time since engine start.
Tot al
(after reset)
Displays the elapsed time since the display
was reset.
*
5
5
99
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
*
1
: Use the displayed fuel consumption as a reference only.
*
2
: When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
*
3
: This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
*
4
: The default setting is no display.
*
5
: This display can be reset by pressing and holding while it is dis-
played.
■
Eco Driving Indicator/driving range
• Eco Driving Indicator
P. 10 7
• Driving range
Displays the driving range with remaining fuel.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
100
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
◆
Changing settings
Use the meter control switches on the steering wheel to change
settings.
Press or to select .
Operate the switches to select a desired item.
Press or press and hold .
The available settings will differ depending on if is pressed or
pressed and held. Follow the instructions on the display.
◆
Setting items
■
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 238)
Press and hold to change the settings of the following items:
Settings display ( )
1
2
3
Item Settings Details
Steering assist
On
Select to enable/disable steering
wheel assistance.
Off
Alert sensitivity
(High)
Select to set the warning sensi-
tivity.
(Normal)
Sway warning
On
Select to enable/disable the vehi-
cle sway warning.
Off
Sway sensitivity
(High)
Select to set the vehicle sway
warning sensitivity.
(Medium)
(Low)
101
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 226)
Press to enable/disable the pre-collision system.
Press and hold to change the settings of the following item:
■
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (P. 261)
Press to enable/disable the Blind Spot Monitor function.
Press and hold to change the settings of the following item:
Item Settings Details
PCS
On
Select to enable/disable the pre-
collision system.
Off
Item Settings Details
Warning sensitivity
(Warning timing)
(Far)
Select to change the warning
timing.
(Middle)
(Near)
Item Settings Details
BSM
On
Select to enable/disable the
Blind Spot Monitor function.
Off
Item Settings Details
Outside rear view
mirror indicator
brightness
(Bright)
Select to change the brightness
of the outside rear view mirror
indicators.
(Dim)
102
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) (P. 261)
Press to enable/disable the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function.
Press and hold to change the settings of the following item:
■
ICS (Intelligent Clearance Sonar) (if equipped) (P. 284)
Press to enable/disable the Intelligent Clearance Sonar.
■
Parking assist (Intuitive parking assist) (if equipped)
(P. 276)
Press to enable/disable the Intuitive parking assist.
Press and hold to change the settings of the following item:
Item Settings Details
RCTA
On
Select to enable/disable the Rear
Cross Traffic Alert function.
Off
Item Settings Details
RCTA buzzer vol-
ume
(Low)
Select to change the volume of
the RCTA buzzer.
(Medium)
(Loud)
Item Settings Details
ICS
On Select to enable/disable the
Intelligent Clearance Sonar sys-
tem.
Off
Item Settings Details
Intuitive parking
assist
On
Select to enable/disable the intui-
tive parking assist.
Off
Item Settings Details
Volume
(Low)
Select to change the volume of
the intuitive parking assist
buzzer.
(Medium)
(Loud)
103
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
HUD (Head-up display) (if equipped) (P. 109)
Press to enable/disable the head-up display.
Press and hold to change the settings of the following items:
Item Settings Details
HUD
On
Select to enable/disable the
head-up display.
Off
Item Settings Details
HUD Brightness/Position
Select to adjust the brightness/
position of the head-up display.
• Press the / switch to
adjust the display brightness.
• Press the / switch to
adjust the display position.
HUD Driving
support
Tachometer
settings
Select to change the display
between the following:
• Eco Driving Indicator
• Tachometer
• No content
Navigation
system
Select to enable/disable head-up
display content.
Driving Assist
Compass
Rotation
Select to adjust the angle of the
head-up display.
Press the / switch to
adjust the display angle.
104
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
Vehicle settings
Press and hold to change the settings of the following items:
Item Settings Details
TPWS (Tire pressure warning system) (P. 394)
Set pressure (tire pressure warning sys-
tem initialization)
Select to initialize the tire pres-
sure warning system. To per-
form initialization, press and hold
the switch.
Before performing initialization,
make sure to adjust the inflation
pressure of each tire to the spec-
ified level. (P. 395)
Change wheel (register tire pressure
warning system sensor ID codes)
Select to register the ID codes of
the tire pressure sensors to the
tire pressure warning system. To
register the ID codes, press and
hold the switch.
(P. 396)
Scheduled maintenance display
Maintenance data reset
Select to reset the message indi-
cating maintenance is required,
after the required maintenance is
performed. (P. 373)
105
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
Meter settings
Press and hold to change the settings of the following items:
*
1
: Selecting this item will only change the gadget.
*
2
: Selecting this item will turn the display of the gadget off.
Item Settings Details
Language
Select to change the language
displayed.
Units
Select to change the units of
measure displayed.
(Eco Driving
Indicator Light)
On
Select to enable/disable the Eco
Driving Indicator Light. (P. 107)
Off
Speedometer
On
Select to enable/disable the
speedometer display.
Off
Gadget content
Off No display
Average vehicle
speed
Select to turn the display of a
gadget.
Distance
Elapsed time
Fuel economy type
Trip (after start)*
1
Select to change the average
fuel consumption display and an
item to be displayed as gadget.
Total (after reset)
Tank
(after refuel)
*
2
Multi-information display off
Select to turn the multi-informa-
tion display off.
To turn the multi-information dis-
play on again, press any direc-
tion switch ( /
/
/).
Pop-up display
Intersection guid-
ance (if equipped)
Select to enable/disable the pop-
up display.
Incoming calls
Brightness adjust-
ment
Default setting
Select to reset the meter display
settings to the default setting.
106
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
■
Trip meter A/trip meter B
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter
was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and dis-
play different distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip meter and press and hold the “ODO/
TRIP” switch.
Displays suggestions to the driver in the following situations. To select
a response to a displayed suggestion, use the meter control switches.
The suggestion function can be turned on/off.
(Customizable features:P. 497)
■
Suggestion to turn off the headlights
If the headlights are left on for a certain amount of time after the
engine switch has been turned off, if the headlight switch is in the
“AUTO” position, a suggestion message will be displayed asking if
you wish to turn the headlights off. To turn the headlights off, select
“Yes”.
If a front door is opened after the engine switch is turned off, this sug-
gestion message will not be displayed.
Odometer/trip meter
Suggestion function
107
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■ Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator will not operate under the following conditions:
● The shift lever is in any position other than D.
● A paddle shift switch (if equipped) is operated.
● Neither normal mode nor Eco drive mode is selected. (P. 305)
● The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.
■ Suspension of the settings display
● Some settings cannot be changed while driving. When changing settings,
park the vehicle in a safe place.
● If a warning message is displayed, operation of the settings display will be
suspended.
■ Tire pressure
● It may take a few minutes to display the tire inflation pressure after the
engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. It may also take a few min-
utes to display the tire inflation pressure after inflation pressure has been
adjusted.
● “---” may be displayed if the tire position information cannot be determined
due to unfavorable radio wave conditions.
● Tire inflation pressure changes with temperature. The displayed values may
also be different from the values measured using a tire pressure gauge.
■ Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 100, 497)
Eco Driving Indicator Light
During Eco-friendly acceleration (Eco
driving), the Eco Driving Indicator Light
will turn on. When the acceleration
exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, or
when the vehicle is stopped, the light
turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving with
current Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds the Zone of
Eco driving, the right side of the Eco
Driving Indicator Zone Display will illu-
minate.
Zone of Eco driving
1
2
3
4
108
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Caution for use while driving
● When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
● Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as
you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the
vehicle.
■ The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to
downshift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly
an accident resulting in death or injury.
■ Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
■ While setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
109
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
The head-up display is linked to the meters and navigation system
and projects a variety of information in front of the driver, such as the
current vehicle speed.
Driving assist system status/navigation system-linked display area
(P. 111)
The following pop-up displays will be displayed in certain situations:
• Pre-collision warning (pre-collision system)
• Alert from the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system (if equipped)
Shift position/speed limit display area
• Shift position (P. 189)
• Speed limit (vehicles with a navigation system) (U.S.A. only)
Vehicle speed display
Eco Driving Indicator/Tachometer (P. 11 2)
Information display area (P. 113)
The following pop-up displays will be displayed in certain situations:
• Warning/message
• Hands-free system status
• Audio system operation status
Head-up display
: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
4
5
110
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Select on the multi-information display (P. 100) and then .
◆
Enabling/disabling the head-up display
Press to enable/disable the head-up display.
◆
Changing the head-up display settings
Press and hold to change the following settings:
■
Display brightness/position
Select to adjust the brightness and position of the head-up display.
■
Display content
Select to enable/disable the following items:
• Route guidance to destination
• Driving assist system status
• Compass
Select to change the display between the following:
• Eco Driving Indicator
• Tachometer
• No content
■
Display angle
Select to adjust the angle of the head-up display.
Using the head-up display
111
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
◆
Driving assist system status display
Displays the operational status of the following systems:
• Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (P. 248)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 238)
• Intuitive parking assist (if equipped) (P. 276)
◆
Navigation system-linked display area
Displays the following items, which are linked to the navigation sys-
tem:
■
Street name
When the navigation system is performing route guidance, the
name of the next street will be displayed on the top of the display
area.
■
Route guidance to destination
Displayed when the navigation system is performing route guid-
ance. When approaching an intersection, an arrow will be displayed
to indicate the suggested direction of travel.
■
Compass
Displays the direction of travel.
Driving assist system status/navigation system-linked display
area
112
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■
Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator Zone
Display
Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration
Zone of Eco driving
Displayed content is the same
as that displayed on the multi-
information display (Eco Driving
Indicator). For details, refer to P.
107.
■
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Eco Driving Indicator/Tachometer
1
2
3
113
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Displays the following items in the appropriate situation:
■
Warning/Message
● Alert from the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
● Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
● message
Displayed when a suggestion/advice pop-up display is displayed on the
multi-information display. (P. 106)
● message
Displayed when a warning message is displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display. (P. 440)
● Outside temperature
Displayed in the following situations:
• When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode
• When the low outside temperature indicator is flashing
Displayed content is the same as that displayed on the multi-information
display. For details, refer to the explanation of the outside temperature
display on the multi-information display. (P. 90)
■
Hands-free system status
Displayed when the hands-free system is operated.
■
Audio system operation status
Displayed when the audio system is operated.
Information display area
114
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■ Head-up display
The head-up display may seem dark or hard to see when viewed through
sunglasses, especially polarized sunglasses.
Adjust the brightness of the head-up display or remove your sunglasses.
■ Display brightness
The brightness of the head-up display can be adjusted on of the multi-
information display. Also, it is automatically adjusted according to the ambient
brightness.
■ Enabling/disabling of the head-up display
If the head-up display is disabled, it will remain disabled when the engine
switch is turned off then back to IGNITION ON mode.
■ Street name display
Only street names which are included in the map data will be displayed.
WARNING
■ Before using the head-up display
● Check that the position and brightness of the head-up display image does
not interfere with safe driving. Incorrect adjustment of the image’s position
or brightness may obstruct the driver’s view and lead to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not continuously look at the head-up display while driving as you may
fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the vehicle.
■ Caution for changing settings of the head-up display
As the engine needs to be running while changing the settings of the head-
up display, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate venti-
lation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful
carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to
death or a serious health hazard.
115
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to components
■ When changing the settings of the head-up display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while the
changing the settings of the head-up display.
● Do not place any drinks near the head-
up display projector. If the projector gets
wet, electrical malfunctions may result.
● Do not place anything on or put stickers
onto the head-up display projector.
Doing so could interrupt head-up dis-
play indications.
● Do not touch the inside of the head-up
display projector or thrust sharp edges
or the like into the projector.
Doing so could cause mechanical mal-
functions.
116
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Entune Audio Plus (vehicles without Data Communication Module)
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu”
screen.
If the “History” screen is displayed,
select “Trip Information”.
Fuel consumption information
Fuel consumption information can be displayed on the audio
system screen.
Trip information
1
2
117
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Entune Audio Plus (vehicles with Data Communication Module) or
Entune Premium Audio
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu”
screen.
Select “ECO” on the “Informa-
tion” screen.
If the “History” screen is displayed,
select “Trip Information”.
Resetting the consumption data
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started
Elapsed time since the engine
was started
Fuel consumption in the past 15
minutes
Cruising range (P. 119)
Current fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color
into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was
last turned to IGNITION ON mode. Use the displayed average fuel
consumption as a reference.
This image is an example only.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
118
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
Entune Audio Plus (vehicles without Data Communication Module)
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu” screen.
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “History”.
Entune Audio Plus (vehicles with Data Communication Module) or
Entune Premium Audio
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Info” on the “Menu” screen.
Select “ECO” on the “Information” screen.
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “History”.
Resetting the past record data
Best recorded fuel consumption
Current fuel economy
Previous fuel consumption
record
Entune Audio Plus
Displays the daily average fuel consumption. (Instead of the date,
“Trip 1” through “Trip 5” will be displayed.)
Entune Premium Audio
Displays the daily average fuel consumption.
Updating the average fuel consumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past
averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
This image is an example only.
History
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
119
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
■ Updating the past record data
Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Clip” to measure the cur-
rent fuel consumption again.
■ Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”.
■ Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
120
2. Instrument cluster
AVALON_U
121
3
Operation of
each component
AVALON_U
3-1. Key information
Keys.................................. 122
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors ................................ 125
Trunk................................. 131
Smart key system ............. 135
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 142
Rear seats......................... 144
Driving position
memory........................... 146
Head restraints.................. 151
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 153
Inside rear view mirror ...... 155
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 157
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows ................. 160
Moon roof.......................... 164
122
AVALON_U
3-1. Key information
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key system
(P. 135)
• Operating the wireless remote
control function (P. 122)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Locks all the doors (P. 125)
Unlocks all the doors (P. 125)
Opens the windows
*
2
and
moon roof
*
1, 2
(P. 125)
Opens the trunk (P. 131)
Sounds the alarm (P. 123)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
To take out the mechanical key,
slide the release lever and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (P. 459)
Keys
The keys
1
2
3
Wireless remote control
1
2
3
4
5
Using the mechanical key
123
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
■ Panic mode
■ If you lose your mechanical keys
New genuine mechanical keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using the
other mechanical key and the key number stamped on your key number
plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
■ When riding in an aircraft
When bringing an electronic key onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press
any button on the electronic key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are car-
rying an electronic key in your bag etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely
to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the electronic key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
■ Conditions affecting operation
P. 137
■ Key battery depletion
● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops.
● As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 414)
• The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
● To reduce key battery depletion when the electronic key is to not be used for
long periods of time, set the electronic key to the battery-saving mode.
(P. 137)
● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1
m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
electronic key.
124
3-1. Key information
AVALON_U
■ Replacing the battery
P. 414
■ Confirmation of the registered key number
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
your Toyota dealer for details.
■ If a wrong key is used
The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism.
■ Certification for wireless remote control
P. 140
NOTICE
■ To prevent key damage
● Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
● Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
● Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
● Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
● Do not disassemble the keys.
● Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key.
● Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as
TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equip-
ment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
■ Carrying the electronic key on your person
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
■ In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related prob-
lems
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
■ When an electronic key is lost
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that were provided with your vehicle.
125
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
◆
Smart key system
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the driver’s door handle
to unlock the door. Holding
the driver’s door handle for
approximately 2 seconds
unlocks all the doors. Grip
the front passenger’s door
handle to unlock all the
doors.
*
Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (P. 129)
Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the side of the door
handle) to lock the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
◆
Wireless remote control
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks all the doors
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the but-
ton again within 3 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows
*
2
and moon roof.*
1, 2
(P. 160, 165)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
1
2
1
2
126
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Operation signals
Doors:
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
Windows and moon roof:
A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows and moon roof are operating.
■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
■ When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the
door handle
■ Door lock buzzer
If an attempt to lock the doors is made when a door is not fully closed, a
buzzer sounds continuously. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock
the vehicle once more.
■ Setting the alarm
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (P. 80)
■ If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly
Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (P. 459)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 414)
When the door cannot be locked even if
the lock sensor on the surface of the door
handle is touched by a finger, touch the
lock sensor with the palm.
When gloves are being worn, remove the
gloves.
127
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
◆
Door lock switches
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
◆
Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY
or IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehi-
cle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
1
2
1
2
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1
2
128
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be set or cancelled:
For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 499.
Rear door child-protector lock
1
2
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems
Function Operation
Speed linked door locking function
All doors are automatically locked
when vehicle speed is approxi-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Shift position linked door locking
function
All doors are automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever out of P.
Shift position linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when shifting the shift lever to P.
Driver’s door linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when driver’s door is opened.
129
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
■ Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
Turn the engine switch off.
When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold ,
or for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding .
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step .)
To prevent unintended triggering of the alarm, unlock the doors using the
wireless remote control and open and close a door once after the settings
have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 60 seconds after is
pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be
set.)
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (P. 80)
■ Impact detection door lock release system
In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are
unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, how-
ever, the system may not operate.
■ Open door warning buzzer
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h), the master warning light
flashes and a buzzer sounds to indicate that the door(s) are not yet fully
closed.
The open door(s) is displayed on the multi-information display.
1
2
2
Multi-information
display
Unlocking function Beep
Holding the driver’s door
handle unlocks only the
driver’s door.
Exterior: Beeps 3
times
Interior: Pings once
Holding the front passen-
ger’s door handle unlocks
all the doors.
Holding either front door
handle unlocks all the
doors.
Exterior: Beeps
twice
Interior: Pings once
130
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Using the mechanical key
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(P. 459)
■ Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless
remote control
P. 137
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
WARNING
■ To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened
even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
■ When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as whether the vehicle is on an
incline, whether there is enough space for a door to open and whether a
strong wind is blowing.
When opening or closing the door, hold the door handle tightly to prepare
for any unpredictable movement.
131
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
Press the trunk opener switch.
◆
Smart key system
While carrying the electronic
key, press the button on the
trunk lid.
When all the doors are unlocked
using one of the following meth-
ods, the trunk can be opened
without the electronic key:
• Entry function
• Wireless remote control
• Door lock switches
• Automatic door unlocking system
• Mechanical key
◆
Wireless remote control
Press and hold the switch.
A buzzer sounds.
Trunk
The trunk can be opened using the trunk opener switch, entry
function or wireless remote control.
Opening the trunk from inside the vehicle
Opening the trunk from outside the vehicle
132
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Trunk light
The trunk light turns on when the trunk is opened.
■ Function to prevent the trunk being locked with the electronic key inside
● When all doors are locked, closing the trunk lid with the electronic key left
inside the trunk will sound an alarm.
In this case, the trunk lid can be opened by pressing the trunk release but-
ton on the trunk lid.
● If the spare electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked, the
key confinement prevention function is activated so the trunk can be
opened. In order to prevent theft, take all electronic keys with you when
leaving the vehicle.
● If the electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked, the key may
not be detected depending on the location of the key and the surrounding
radio wave conditions. In this case, the key confinement prevention function
cannot be activated, causing the doors to lock when the trunk is closed.
Make sure to check where the key is before closing the trunk.
● The key confinement prevention function cannot be activated if any one of
the doors is unlocked. In this case, open the trunk using the trunk opener.
■ Open trunk warning buzzer
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h), the master warning light
flashes and a buzzer sounds to indicate that the trunk is not yet fully closed.
■ Internal trunk release lever
■ Using the mechanical key
The trunk can be also opened using the mechanical key. (P. 460)
■ If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly
Use the mechanical key to unlock the trunk. (P. 460)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 414)
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
The trunk lid can be opened by pulling up
the glow-in-the-dark lever located on the
inside of the trunk lid.
The lever will continue to glow for some
time after the trunk lid is closed.
133
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Before driving
● Make sure that the trunk lid is fully closed. If the trunk lid is not fully closed,
it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or luggage
in the trunk may be thrown out, causing an accident.
● Do not allow children to play in the trunk.
If a child is accidentally locked in the trunk, they could suffer from heat
exhaustion, suffocation or other injuries.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the trunk lid.
Doing so may cause the trunk lid to open unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing trunk lid.
■ Important points while driving
Never let anyone sit in the trunk. In the event of sudden braking or a colli-
sion, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
134
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Using the trunk
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in seri-
ous injury.
● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the trunk lid before
opening it. Failure to do so may cause the trunk lid to suddenly shut again
after it is opened.
● When opening or closing the trunk lid, thoroughly check to make sure the
surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the trunk is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the trunk lid in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
● On an incline it is more difficult to open or close the trunk lid than on a level
surface, so beware of the trunk lid unexpectedly opening or closing by
itself. Make sure that the trunk lid is fully open and secure before using the
trunk.
● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the trunk
lid. Such additional weight on the trunk lid may cause the lid to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
● When opening the trunk lid, take care
so that it does not hit anyone in the face
or any other part of the body.
● When closing the trunk lid, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
● When closing the trunk lid, make sure to
press it lightly on its outer surface.
135
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
● Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 125)
● Opens the trunk (P. 131)
● Starts the engine (P. 184)
■ Antenna location
■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
Smart key system
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna inside the trunk
Antenna outside the trunk
When locking or unlocking the
doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about 2.3
ft. (0.7 m) of either of the front out-
side door handles. (Only the doors
detecting the key can be operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
When opening the trunk
The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about
2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of the trunk release button.
1
2
3
4
136
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures in response to any warning message on the multi-information display.
(P. 440)
When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as
follows.
■ Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not in operation for a long time.
● In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
● If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
The trunk was closed
while the electronic key
was still inside the trunk
and all the doors were
locked.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the trunk and
close the trunk lid.
Interior alarm pings
repeatedly
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (The
driver’s door was
opened when the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
The engine switch was
turned off while the
driver’s door was open.
Close the driver’s door.
137
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
■ Electronic Key Battery-Saving Function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
■ Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobilizer sys-
tem use weak radio waves. In the following situations, the communication
between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected, preventing the
smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobilizer system
from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 459)
● When the electronic key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
● When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
● When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless commu-
nication devices
• Another vehicle’s electronic key, another electronic key of your vehicle, or
a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
● When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
● When the vehicle is parked in a pay parking spot where radio waves are
emitted.
Press twice while pressing and hold-
ing . Confirm that the electronic key
indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the elec-
tronic key buttons.
138
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Note for the entry function
● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the trunk is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, rear package tray or floor,
or in the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine
switch modes are changed.
● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
● The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash, when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
● Touching the door lock sensor while wearing gloves may delay or prevent
lock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor again.
● When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
nals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
*
● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In this case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
• Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key
system. (P. 137)
● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
139
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
● The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
● A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle may prevent the
doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the origi-
nal position and check that the doors unlock before pulling the door handle
again.
● If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
● Fingernails may scrape against the door during operation of the door han-
dle. Be careful not to injure fingernails or damage the surface of the door.
*: This setting can be customized at your Toyota dealer.
■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
● To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
● The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 497)
● Setting the electronic key to battery-saving mode helps to reduce key bat-
tery depletion. (P. 137)
■ To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
■ If the smart key system does not operate properly
● Locking and unlocking the doors and opening the trunk: Use the mechanical
key. (P. 459)
● Starting the engine: P. 460
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
● Locking and unlocking the doors and opening the trunk:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 125, 131, 459)
● Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P. 460
● Stopping the engine: P. 184
140
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
AVALON_U
■ Certification for the smart key system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
141
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 135)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of
the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details for disabling the entry function.
142
AVALON_U
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Seat position adjustment switch
Seatback angle adjustment
switch
Seat cushion (front) angle
adjustment switch
Vertical height adjustment
switch
Lumbar support firmness
adjustment switch (if equipped)
Lumbar support height adjust-
ment switch (if equipped)
■ Power easy access system (vehicles with driving position memory)
The driver’s seat and steering wheel move in accordance with engine switch
mode and the driver’s seat belt condition. (P. 146)
Front seats
Adjustment procedure
1
2
3
4
5
6
143
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When adjusting the seat position
● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
● Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
■ Seat adjustment
● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
NOTICE
■ When adjusting a front seat
When adjusting a front seat, make sure that the head restraint does not
contact the headliner. Otherwise, the head restraint and headliner may be
damaged.
144
3-3. Adjusting the seats
AVALON_U
Pull the seatback lever in the trunk
for the seatback you wish to fold
down and then fold the seatback
down.
Rear seats
The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.
Folding down the rear seatbacks
145
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When folding the seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the trunk while driv-
ing.
● Do not allow children to enter the trunk.
■ When returning the seat to its original position
● Ensure that the seat belt does not get caught between or behind the seats.
● If the seat belt has been released from its guide, pass the seat belt through
its guide. (P. 3 2)
■ Seat adjustment
Be careful not to get hands or feet pinched between the rear console box
and the rear seat when folding down the rear seatback.
■ After returning the seatback to the upright position
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pressing it forward and rear-
ward on the top.
● Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
● Make sure that the seat belt is passed through its guide.
NOTICE
■ When the right seatback is folded down
Make sure the luggage loaded in the enlarged trunk will not damage the
webbing of the rear center seat belt.
146
3-3. Adjusting the seats
AVALON_U
The seat and steering wheel are automatically adjusted to allow the
driver to enter and exit the vehicle easily.
When all of the following have
been performed, the driver’s seat
and steering wheel are automati-
cally adjusted to a position that
allows driver to enter and exit the
vehicle easily.
• The shift lever has been shifted
to P.
• The engine switch has been
turned off.
• The driver’s seat belt has been unfastened.
When any of the following has been performed, the driver’s seat and
steering wheel automatically return to their original positions.
• The engine switch has been turned to ACCESSORY mode or IGNI-
TION ON mode.
• The driver’s seat belt has been fastened.
■ Operation of the power easy access system
When exiting the vehicle, the power easy access system may not operate if
the seat is already close to the rearmost position, etc.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
Driving position memory
This feature automatically adjusts the driver’s seat, steering
wheel and outside rear view mirrors to make entering and exit-
ing the vehicle easier or to suit your preferences.
: If equipped
Power easy access system
147
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat, steer-
ing wheel and outside rear view mirrors) can be recorded and recalled
by pressing a button.
Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory.
■
Recording procedure
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel, and outside rear view
mirrors to the desired positions.
While pressing the “SET”
button, or within 3 seconds
after the “SET” button is
pressed, press button “1” or
“2” until the buzzer sounds.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previ-
ously recorded position will be
overwritten.
■
Recall procedure
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Press one of the buttons for
the driving position you want
to recall until the buzzer
sounds.
Driving position memory
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
148
3-3. Adjusting the seats
AVALON_U
■ To stop the position recall operation part-way through
Perform any of the following operations:
● Press the “SET” button.
● Press button “1” or “2”.
● Operate any of the seat adjustment switches (only cancels seat position
recall).
● Operate the tilt and telescopic steering control switch (only cancels steering
wheel position recall).
■ Seat positions that can be memorized (P. 142)
The adjusted positions other than the position adjusted by lumbar support
switch can be recorded.
■ Operating the driving position memory after turning the engine switch
off
Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s
door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again.
■ In order to correctly use the driving position memory function
If a seat position is already in the furthest possible position and the seat is
operated in the same direction, the recorded position may be slightly different
when it is recalled.
149
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
Each electronic key can be registered to recall your preferred driving
position.
■
Registering procedure
Record your driving position to button 1 or 2 before performing the
following:
Carry only the key you want to register, and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
recorded properly.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Recall the driving position that you want to record.
While pressing the recalled
button, press and hold the
door lock switch (either lock
or unlock) until the buzzer
sounds.
If the button could not be regis-
tered, the buzzer sounds contin-
uously for approximately 3
seconds.
■
Recall procedure
Make sure that the doors are locked before recalling the driving
position. Carry the electronic key that has been registered to the
driving position, and then unlock and open the driver’s door using
the smart key system or wireless remote control.
The driving position will move to the recorded position (not including the
steering wheel).
If the driving position is in a position that has already been recorded, the
seat and outside rear view mirrors will not move.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or IGNITION ON
mode.
The seat and steering wheel will move to the recorded position.
Memory recall function
1
2
3
4
1
2
150
3-3. Adjusting the seats
AVALON_U
■
Cancelation procedure
Carry only the key you want to cancel and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
canceled properly.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
While pressing the “SET” button, press and hold the door lock
switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds twice.
If it button could not be canceled, the buzzer sounds continuously for
approximately 3 seconds.
■ Recalling the driving position using the memory recall function
● Different driving positions can be registered for each electronic key. There-
fore, the driving position that is recalled may be different depending on the
key being carried.
● If a door other than the driver’s door is unlocked with the smart key system,
the driving position cannot be recalled. In this case, press the driving posi-
tion button which has been set.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
WARNING
■ Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear
passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel.
1
2
151
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
Front seats and rear outboard seats
Up
Pull the head restraint up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Rear center seat
Head restraints cannot be adjusted or removed.
■ Removing the head restraints
Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Lock release button
1
2
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
If the head restraint touches the ceiling,
making the removal difficult, change the
seat back angle or, if possible, the seat
height. (P. 142, 144)
Lock
release
button
152
3-3. Adjusting the seats
AVALON_U
■ Installing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear outboard seats
■ Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lowest
lock position while pressing the lock
release button.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
■ Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
● Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
(However, if a head restraint interferes with installation of a child restraint
system, the head restraint can be removed to accommodate the child
restraint system: P. 56)
Lock release
button
Lock release
button
153
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Manual type
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
Power type
Operating the switch moves the steering wheel in the following direc-
tions:
Up
Down
Toward the driver
Away from the driver
Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
1
2
1
2
3
4
154
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
AVALON_U
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
■ The steering wheel can be adjusted when (power type)
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ Automatic adjustment of the steering position (vehicles with driving
position memory)
A desired steering position can be entered to memory and recalled automati-
cally by the driving position memory system. (P. 146)
■ Power easy access system (vehicles with driving position memory)
The steering wheel and driver’s seat move in accordance with engine switch
mode and the driver’s seat belt condition. (P. 497)
Horn
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel (manual type)
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
155
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare function is in ON mode, the indicator illumi-
nates.
The function will set to ON mode each time the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
Vehicles with garage door
opener
Vehicles without garage door
opener
Indicator
Indicator
156
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
AVALON_U
■ To prevent sensor error
Vehicles without garage door opener
Vehicles with garage door opener
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
157
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
To select a mirror to adjust, turn
the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, operate the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the vehicle’s rear.
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjustment procedure
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
Folding the mirrors
158
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
AVALON_U
When the mirror select switch is in the “L” or “R” position, the outside
rear view mirrors will automatically angle downwards when the vehicle
is reversing in order to give a better view of the ground.
To disable this function, select neither “L” nor “R” of the mirror select
switch.
■
Adjusting the mirror angle when the vehicle is reversing
With the shift lever in R, adjust the mirror angle at a desired posi-
tion.
The adjusted angle will be memorized and the mirror will automati-
cally tilt to the memorized angle whenever the shift lever is shifted
to R from next time.
The memorized downward tilt position of the mirror is linked to the nor-
mal position (angle adjusted with the shift lever in other than R). There-
fore, if the normal position is changed after adjustment, the tilt position
will also change.
When the normal position is changed, readjust the angle in reversing.
■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. ( P. 324)
■ Automatic adjustment of the mirror angle (vehicles with driving position
memory)
A desired mirror face angle can be entered to memory and recalled automati-
cally by the driving position memory. (P. 146)
■ Auto anti-glare function (driver’s side only) (if equipped)
When the anti-glare inside rear view mirror is set to automatic mode, the out-
side rear view mirrors will activate in conjunction with the anti-glare inside
rear view mirror to reduce reflected light. (P. 155)
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
Linked mirror function when reversing (vehicles with driving
position memory)
159
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
● Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■ When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■ When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
160
AVALON_U
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing
*
Opening
One-touch opening
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch to lock the pas-
senger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
■ The power windows can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They
cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function
If an object becomes jammed between the window and the window frame
while the window is closing, window movement is stopped and the window is
opened slightly.
■ Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between the door and window while the window
is opening, window movement is stopped.
Power windows
Opening and closing procedures
1
2
3
4
Window lock switch
161
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
■ When the window cannot be opened or closed
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates
unusually and the door window cannot be opened or closed, perform the fol-
lowing operations with the power window switch of that door.
● Stop the vehicle. With the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, within 4
seconds of the jam protection function or catch protection function activat-
ing, continuously operate the power window switch in the one-touch closing
direction or one-touch opening direction so that the door window can be
opened and closed.
● If the door window cannot be opened and closed even when performing the
above operations, perform the following procedure for function initialization.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
and completely close the door window.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the
switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 6 seconds or more.
Press and hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening direc-
tion. After the door window is completely opened, continue holding the
switch for an additional 1 second or more.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pushing the
switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 4 seconds or more.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
again. After the door window is completely closed, continue holding the
switch for a further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window reverses and cannot be fully closed or opened, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
4
5
6
162
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
AVALON_U
■ Door lock linked window operation
● The power windows can be opened and closed using the mechanical key.
*
(P. 459)
● The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(P. 125)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
■ Alarm
The alarm may be triggered if the alarm is set and a power window is closed
using the door lock linked power window operation function. (P. 81)
■ Power windows open warning buzzer
A buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in
the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the power windows open.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
163
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Opening and closing the windows
● The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch.(P. 160)
● When using the wireless remote control or mechanical key and operating
the power windows, operate the power window after checking to make
sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body
parts caught in the window. Also do not let a child operate window by the
wireless remote control or mechanical key. It is possible for children and
other passengers to get caught in the power window.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just
before the window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of your
body jammed in the window.
■ Catch protection function
● Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally activate the
catch protection function.
● The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your
body or clothing caught in the window.
● Check to make sure that all passengers
do not have any part of their body in a
position where it could be caught when
a window is being operated.
164
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
AVALON_U
Opens
the moon roof
*
The moon roof stops slightly before
the fully open position to reduce
wind noise.
Press the switch again to fully open
the moon roof.
Closes the moon roof
*
*
: Lightly press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
T
ilts the moon roof up
*
Tilts the moon roof down
*
*: Lightly press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
Moon roof
: If equipped
Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and
tilt it up and down.
Opening and closing
1
2
Tilting up and down
1
2
165
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
■ The moon roof can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon
roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens
slightly.
■ Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
■ Door lock linked moon roof operation
● The moon roof can be opened and closed using the mechanical key.
*
(P. 459)
● The moon roof can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(P. 125)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
166
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
AVALON_U
■ When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
● If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “CLOSE” switch.
*
1
The moon roof will close, reopen and pause for approximately 10 sec-
onds.
*
2
Then it will close again, tilt up and pause for approximately 1 sec-
ond. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
● If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “UP” switch
*
1
until the moon roof moves into the tilt
up position and stops.
Release the “UP” switch once and then press and hold the “UP” switch
again.
*
1
The moon roof will pause for approximately 10 seconds in the tilt up posi-
tion.
*
2
Then it will adjust slightly and pause for approximately 1 second.
Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
*
1
: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.
*
2
: If the switch is released after the above mentioned 10 second pause,
automatic operation will be disabled. In that case, press and hold the
“CLOSE” or “UP” switch, and the moon roof will tilt up and pause for
approximately 1 second. Then it will tilt down, open and close. Check to
make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the
switch.
If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above proce-
dure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ Alarm
The alarm may be triggered if the alarm is set and the moon roof is closed
using the door lock linked moon roof operation function. (P. 80)
■ Moon roof open warning buzzer
A buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in
the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver's
door is opened with the moon roof open.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
167
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Opening the moon roof
● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehi-
cle while it is moving.
● Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
■ Opening and closing the moon roof
● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations.
In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passen-
gers to have body parts caught in the moon roof.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof is fully closed. Also, the jam protection function is not
designed to operate while the switch is being pressed. Take care so that
your fingers, etc. do not get caught.
● Check to make sure that all passengers
do not have any part of their body in a
position where it could be caught when
the moon roof is being operated.
● When using the wireless remote control
or mechanical key and operating the
moon roof, operate the moon roof after
checking to make sure that there is no
possibility of any passenger having any
of their body parts caught in the moon
roof. Also, do not let a child operate
moon roof by the wireless remote con-
trol or mechanical key. It is possible for
children and other passengers to get
caught in the moon roof.
168
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
AVALON_U
169
4
Driving
AVALON_U
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 170
Cargo and luggage ........... 178
Vehicle load limits ............. 181
Trailer towing..................... 182
Dinghy towing ................... 183
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch ..... 184
Automatic transmission..... 189
Turn signal lever................ 195
Parking brake.................... 196
Brake Hold ........................ 200
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch................ 202
Automatic High Beam ....... 206
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 210
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 214
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 218
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 226
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)....... 238
Dynamic radar cruise
controlwith full-speed
range............................... 248
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 261
• BSM function ................ 265
• RCTA function .............. 267
Rear Camera Detection
function ........................... 272
Intuitive parking assist....... 276
Intelligent Clearance
Sonar (ICS)..................... 284
Driving mode select
switches .......................... 305
Driving assist systems ...... 309
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ............. 316
170
AVALON_U
4-1. Before driving
P. 18 4
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.
(P. 189)
Release the parking brake. (P. 197)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (P. 189)
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake (P. 196), and shift the shift lever to P (P.
189).
Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
Stopping
Parking the vehicle
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
171
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ When starting off on a uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (P. 309)
■ Driving in the rain
● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■ Engine speed while driving
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
● The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
● When the accelerator pedal is released
■ Restraining the engine output (Brake Override System)
● When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the
engine output may be restrained.
● A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display while the
system is operating.
■ Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control)
● When the following unusual operation is performed, the engine output may
be restrained.
• When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to
R (D includes S) with the accelerator pedal depressed, a warning mes-
sage appears on the multi-information display.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed too much while the vehicle is in
reverse.
● While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trouble
escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, deactivate TRAC (P.
311) to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become able to
escape from the mud or fresh snow.
■ Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
● For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
● For the first 621 miles (1000 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
172
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 474)
■ Eco-friendly driving
P. 107, 112
173
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
● Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
● During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 423
● Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 190)
● Do not adjust the display, the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or
the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
● Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
174
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
● Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
■ When shifting the shift lever
● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving posi-
tion, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
● Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Shifting the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
● Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected
rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in
death or serious injury.
■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
175
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When the vehicle is stopped
● Do not race the engine.
If the shift lever is any position other than P or N, the vehicle may acceler-
ate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the
parking brake as necessary.
● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
● Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
176
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine
and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
● Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
■ When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
■ When braking
● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
● If the brake booster device does not operate, do not follow other vehicles
closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
● Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
● The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
177
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■ When parking the vehicle
Always set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
● When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■ If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
● It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
● The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 445)
■ When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
● Engine stalling
● Short in electrical components
● Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
● Brake function
● Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine,
transaxle, etc.
● Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
178
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(P. 181)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your
vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
179
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (P. 472)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B
*
2
lb. (kg) - A
*
1
lb. (kg) = C
*
3
lb. (kg)
*
1
: A =Weight of people
*
2
: B =Total load capacity
*
3
: C =Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D
*
4
lb. (kg) = E
*
5
lb. (kg)
*
4
: D =Additional weight of people
*
5
: E =Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
1
2
180
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Things that must not be carried in the trunk
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the trunk:
● Receptacles containing gasoline
● Aerosol cans
■ Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or pas-
sengers, possibly causing an accident.
● Stow cargo and luggage in the trunk whenever possible.
● To prevent cargo and luggage from sliding forward during braking, do not
stack anything in the enlarged trunk. Keep cargo and luggage low, as
close to the floor as possible.
● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the package tray
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
• Tray that has no lid
● Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the enlarged trunk. It is not designed for pas-
sengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fas-
tened.
■ Capacity and distribution
● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight
rating.
● Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less than
the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper loading
may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause
death or serious injury.
181
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
◆
Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): (P. 472)
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
◆
Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
◆
Towing capacity
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
◆
Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
■
Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(P. 407)
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.
WARNING
■
Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
182
4-1. Before driving
AVALON_U
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch
or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicy-
cle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the
use of tow hitch mounted carriers.
183
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels
on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
■ To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground.
184
AVALON_U
4-2. Driving procedures
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake pedal until the engine is completely started.
The engine can be started from any engine switch mode.
Stop the vehicle completely.
Set the parking brake (P. 196), and shift the shift lever to P.
Press the engine switch.
Release the brake pedal and check that “ACCESSORY” or “IGNI-
TION ON” is not shown on the meter.
Engine (ignition) switch
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
Stopping the engine
1
2
3
4
185
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with the brake
pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The multi-information display will
not be displayed.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
A message indicating how to start
the engine will be displayed on the
multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be used.
*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine,
the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Check that “Turn Power Off” is displayed on the multi-information
display and then press the engine switch once.
Check that “Turn Power Off” on the multi-information display is
turned off.
Changing engine switch modes
1
2
3
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P
1
2
3
4
186
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
■ Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI-
TION ON mode (with the engine is not running) for more than an hour with
the shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this
function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long peri-
ods of time when the engine is not running.
■ Automatic engine shut off feature
● The vehicle is equipped with a feature that automatically shuts off the
engine when the shift lever is in P with the engine running for an extended
period.
● The engine will automatically shut off after approximately 1 hour if it has
been left running while the shift lever is in P.
● The timer for the automatic engine shut off feature will reset if the brake
pedal is depressed or if the shift lever is in a position other than P.
● After the vehicle is parked, if the door is locked with the door lock switch
(P. 127) from the inside or the mechanical key (P. 459) from the outside,
the automatic engine shut off feature will be disabled. The timer for the auto-
matic engine shut off feature will be re-enabled if the driver’s door is
opened.
■ Electronic key battery depletion
P. 123
■ Conditions affecting operation
P. 137
■ Notes for the entry function
P. 138
■ If the engine does not start
● The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 77 )
Contact your Toyota dealer.
● Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the
shift lever is displaced out of P.
■ Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
A message informing the driver that the
steering wheel is locked will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press
the engine switch while turning the steer-
ing wheel left and right.
187
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, the motor may be sus-
pended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time.
In this case, refrain from operating the engine. After about 10 seconds, the
steering lock motor will resume functioning.
■ When a message requesting the smart key system be inspected is dis-
played on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the electronic key battery is depleted
P. 414
■ Operation of the engine switch
● If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may
not change or the engine may not start.
● If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine
switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine
switch off, wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
P. 459
WARNING
■ When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the
steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ Stopping the engine in an emergency
● If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it
briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 423)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering
or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This
will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and
stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
● If the engine switch is operated while the vehicle is running, a warning
message will be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer
sounds.
● When restarting the engine after it was turned off while driving, shift the
shift lever to N and press the engine switch.
188
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When parking
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless
and odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases to enter the vehicle and may
lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a
serious health hazard.
● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time. If such a
situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure
that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
● Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
● If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information
display, the engine switch is not off. Exit the vehicle after turning the
engine switch off.
● Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If
the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will
not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi-
cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.
■ When starting the engine
● Do not race a cold engine.
● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
189
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the
brake pedal depressed
*
, shift the shift lever while pushing the
shift release button on the shift knob.
Shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on
the shift knob.
Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pedal is depressed.
*: For the vehicle be able to be shifted from P, the brake pedal must be
depressed before the shift release button is pushed. If the shift
release button is pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.
Automatic transmission
Shifting the shift lever
190
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
*
1
: Shifting to the D position allows the system to select a gear suitable for the
driving conditions. Setting the shift lever to the D position is recommended
for normal driving.
*
2
: Selecting shift ranges using S mode restricts the upper limit of the possible
gear ranges, controls engine braking force, and prevents unnecessary
upshifting.
When the shift lever is in the S position, the shift lever or paddle shift
switches (if equipped) can be operated as follows:
Upshifting
Downshifting
The initial shift range in S mode is set automatically to 4, 5 or 6
according to vehicle speed. However, the initial shift range may be set
to 3 if AI-SHIFT has operated while the shift lever was in the D posi-
tion. (P. 193)
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving*
1
S S mode driving*
2
(P. 190)
Changing shift ranges in S mode
Shift lever
Paddle shift switches (if
equipped)
1
2
191
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■
Shift ranges and their functions
A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking forces than a higher
shift range.
To drive using temporary shift range selection, operate the paddle
shift switch. The shift range can then be selected by operating the “-”
and “+” paddle shift switches. Changing the shift range allows restric-
tion of the highest gear, preventing upshifting and enabling the level of
engine braking force to be selected.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The selected shift range, from 1 to
8, or D will be displayed on the
multi-information display.
Meter display Function
S2 - S8
A gear in the range between 1 and the selected
gear is automatically chosen depending on vehicle
speed and driving conditions
S1 Setting the gear at 1
Selecting shift ranges in the D position (vehicles with paddle
shift switches)
1
2
192
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
■ Automatic deactivation of shift range selection in the D position (vehi-
cles with paddle shift switches)
Shift range selection in the D position will be deactivated in the following situ-
ations:
● The “+” paddle shift switch is held down for a period of time
● When the vehicle comes to a stop
● If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than a certain period of time
● When the shift lever is shifted to a position other than D
■ S mode
● When the shift range is 7 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the
shift range to 8.
● To prevent the engine from over-revving, upshifting may automatically
occur.
● To protect the automatic transmission, a function is adopted that automati-
cally selects a higher shift range when the fluid temperature is high.
■ Downshift restriction warning buzzer (S mode or paddle shifting)
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switches are operated. (A
buzzer will sound twice.)
■ When driving with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
activated
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate because dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range will not be canceled.
● While driving in D or S mode, downshifting to 7, 6, 5 or 4.
● When switching the driving mode to sport mode while driving in the D posi-
tion. (
P. 305)
■ Restraining sudden start (Drive-start Control)
P. 171
■ Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the
IGNITION ON mode the brake pedal is depressed and the shift release but-
ton is pushed.
193
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted even though the brake pedal is depressed
and the shift release button is pushed, there may be a problem with the shift
lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
Set the parking brake.
Turn the engine switch off.
Depress the brake pedal.
■ If the S indicator does not come on or the D indicator is displayed even
after shifting the shift lever to S
This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when
the shift lever is in D.)
■ AI-SHIFT
The AI-SHIFT automatically selects the suitable gear according to driver per-
formance and driving conditions.
The AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in D. (Shifting the
shift lever to the S position or paddle shifting cancels the function.)
Pry the cover up with a flathead screw-
driver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.
Press and hold the shift lock override
button and then push the button on the
shift knob.
The shift lever can be shifted while both
buttons are pressed.
1
2
3
4
5
194
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid,
resulting in an accident.
■ To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
195
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
■ Turn signals can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
■ If the turn signals stop flashing before a lane change has been per-
formed
Operate the lever again.
■ To discontinue flashing of the turn signals during a lane change
Operate the lever in the opposite direction.
Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
196
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
The parking brake is set or released automatically according to the
shift lever operation.
Even when in automatic mode, the parking brake can be set and
released manually. (P. 197)
Turns automatic mode on
(while the vehicle is stopped,
pull and hold the parking brake
switch until a message is
shown on the multi-information
display)
• When the shift lever is moved
out of P, the parking brake will
be released, and the parking
brake indicator light and parking
brake light turn off.
• When the shift lever is moved
into P, the parking brake will be
set, and the parking brake indi-
cator light and parking brake
light turn on.
Operate the shift lever with the
brake pedal depressed.
Turns automatic mode off (while the vehicle is stopped, press and
hold the parking brake switch until a message is shown on the
multi-information display)
Operate the parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal.
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Parking brake
A mode can be selected from the following modes.
Automatic mode
*
1
*
2
Parking
brake light
1
2
197
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The parking brake can be set and released manually.
Sets the parking brake
The parking brake indicator light
and parking brake light will turn on.
Pull and hold the parking brake
switch if an emergency occurs and
it is necessary to operate the park-
ing brake while driving.
Releases the parking brake
Operate the parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
Make sure that the parking brake
indicator light or parking brake light
turn off.
If the parking brake indicator light
and parking brake light flashes,
operate the switch again.
(P. 432)
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Manual mode
*
1
*
2
Parking
brake light
1
2
198
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
■ Parking the vehicle
P. 170
■ Parking brake operation
● When the engine switch is not in IGNITION ON mode, the parking brake
cannot be released using the parking brake switch.
● When the engine switch is not in IGNITION ON mode, automatic mode
(automatic brake setting and releasing) is not available.
■ Automatic release function
The parking brake is automatically released when slowly depress the acceler-
ator pedal.
The parking brake will be released automatically under the following condi-
tions:
● The driver’s door is closed.
● The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
● Shift the shift lever is in a forward or reverse position.
● The malfunction indicator lamp or brake system warning light is not illumi-
nated.
If the automatic release function does not operate, manually release the park-
ing brake.
■ If “Parking Brake Temporarily Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-
information display
If the parking brake is operated repeatedly over a short period of time, the
system may restrict operation to prevent overheating. If this happens, refrain
from operating the parking brake. Normal operation will return after about 1
minute.
■ If “Parking Brake Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information dis-
play
Operate the parking brake switch. If the message does not disappear after
operating the switch several times, the system may be malfunctioning. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Parking brake operation sound
When the parking brake operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Parking brake indicator light and parking brake light
● Depending on the engine switch mode, the parking brake indicator light and
parking brake light will turn on and stay on as described below:
IGNITION ON mode: Comes on until the parking brake is released.
Not in IGNITION ON mode: Stays on for approximately 15 seconds.
● When the engine switch is turned off with the parking brake set, the parking
brake indicator light and parking brake light will stay on for about 15 sec-
onds. This does not indicate a malfunction.
199
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake engaged.
“Release Parking Brake” is displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■ If the brake system warning light comes on
P. 430
■ Usage in winter time
P. 316
WARNING
■ When parking the vehicle
Do not leave a child in the vehicle alone. The parking brake may be
released unintentionally and there is the danger of the vehicle moving that
may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Parking brake switch
Do not set any objects near the parking brake switch. Objects may interfere
with the switch and may lead the parking brake to unexpectedly operate.
NOTICE
■ When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, shift the shift lever to P, set the parking brake
and make sure that the vehicle does not move.
■ When the system malfunctions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the warning messages.
■ When the parking brake cannot be released due to a malfunction
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs.
200
4-2. Driving procedures
AVALON_U
Turns the brake hold system on
The brake hold standby indicator
(green) comes on. While the sys-
tem is holding the brake, the brake
hold operated indicator (yellow)
comes on.
*
1
: Brake hold standby indicator
*
2
: Brake hold operated indicator
■ Brake hold system operating conditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following conditions:
● The driver’s door is not closed.
● The driver is not wearing the seat belt.
If any of the conditions above are detected when the brake hold system is
enabled, the system will turn off and the brake hold standby indicator light will
go off. In addition, if any of the conditions are detected while the system is
holding the brake, a warning buzzer will sound and a message will be shown
on the multi-information display. The parking brake will then be set automati-
cally.
■ Brake hold function
● If the brake pedal is left released for a period of about 3 minutes after the
system has started holding the brake, the parking brake will be set automat-
ically. In this case, a warning buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the
multi-information display.
● To turn the system off while the system is holding the brake, firmly depress
the brake pedal and press the button again.
● The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle when the vehicle is on a
steep incline. In this situation, it may be necessary for the driver to apply the
brakes. A warning buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will
inform the driver of this situation. If a warning message is shown on the
multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
Brake Hold
The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift
lever is in D, S or N with the system on and the brake pedal has
been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the
brake when the accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift
lever in D or S to allow smooth start off.
*
1
*
2
201
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ When the parking brake is set automatically while the system is holding
the brakes
Perform any of the following operations to release the parking brake.
● Depress the accelerator pedal. (The parking brake will not be released auto-
matically if the seat belt is not fastened.)
● Operate the parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
Make sure that the parking brake indicator light goes off. (P. 196 )
■ When an inspection at your Toyota dealer is necessary
When the brake hold standby indicator (green) does not illuminate even when
the brake hold switch is pressed with the brake hold system operating condi-
tions met, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected at
your Toyota dealer.
■ Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■ If the brake hold operated indicator flashes
P. 432
WARNING
■ When the vehicle is on a steep incline
When using the brake hold system on a steep incline, exercise caution. The
brake hold function may not hold the vehicle in such a situation.
■ When stopped on a slippery road
The system cannot stop the vehicle when the gripping ability of the tires has
been exceeded. Do not use the system when stopped on a slippery road.
NOTICE
■ When parking the vehicle
The brake hold system is not designed for use when parking the vehicle for
a long period of time. Turning the engine switch off while the system is hold-
ing the brake may release the brake, which would cause the vehicle to
move. When operating the engine switch, depress the brake pedal, shift the
shift lever to P and set the parking brake.
202
AVALON_U
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Operating the switch turns on the lights as follows:
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
*
1
*
2
The headlights, day-
time running lights
(P. 204) and all the
lights listed below turn
on and off automati-
cally.
(When the engine
switch is in IGNITION
ON mode)
The side marker, park-
ing, tail, license plate,
instrument panel lights,
and daytime running
lights (P. 204) turn
on.
The headlights and all
the lights listed above
(except daytime run-
ning lights) turn on.
The daytime running
lights turn off.
(P. 204)
1
2
3
4
(For U.S.A.)
203
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
● When the steering wheel or turn signal lever is operated while the
headlights are on (low beam), a cornering light will turn on and light
up the direction of movement of the vehicle. The cornering lights
are designed to ensure excellent visibility when making a turn at an
intersection.
However, when vehicle speed is approximately 93 mph (150 km/h) or
higher, the cornering lights will not turn on.
● When the shift lever is in R while the headlights are on (low beam),
both cornering lights will turn on. This is designed to enhance visi-
bility when parking.
Turning on the high beam headlights
1
2
Cornering lights (if equipped)
204
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
AVALON_U
■ Daytime running light system
● Type A:
The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the low beam
headlights and illuminate dimmer than the low beam headlights.
Type B:
The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the parking
lights and illuminate brighter than the parking lights.
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following
conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.)
• The engine is running
• The parking brake is released
• The headlight switch is in the or
* position
*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking
brake is set again.
● For U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the switch.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
■ Cornering lights (if equipped)
When the cornering lights are on for more than 30 minutes, they will turn off
automatically.
■ Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
205
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Automatic light off system
● When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-
onds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off
and a door is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if
on the key is pressed twice after all the doors are closed.)
● When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or
turn the light switch off once and then back to or .
If any of the doors or trunk lid is kept open, the lights automatically turn off
after 20 minutes.
■ Light reminder buzzer (except when the light switch is in )
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCES-
SORY mode and the driver's door is opened while the lights are turned on.
■ Windshield wiper linked headlight illumination
When driving during daytime with the headlight switch turned to , if the
windshield wipers are used, the headlights will turn on automatically after
several seconds to help enhance the visibility of your vehicle.
■ Battery-saving function
In the following conditions, the remaining lights will go off automatically after
20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged:
● The headlights and/or tail lights are on.
● The engine switch is in ACCESSORY mode or turned off.
This function will be canceled in any of the following situations:
● When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
● When the light switch is operated
● When a door or the trunk is opened or closed
■ Welcome lighting
If the headlight switch is turned to and the surrounding area is dark,
unlocking the doors using the smart key system or wireless remote control
will turn the parking lights and tail lights on automatically.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 497)
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
206
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
AVALON_U
Push the lever away from you
with the headlight switch in the
or position.
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the system
is operating.
Automatic High Beam
The Automatic High Beam uses a camera sensor located behind
the upper portion of the windshield to assess the brightness of
the lights of vehicles ahead, streetlights, etc., and automatically
turns the high beams on or off as necessary.
WARNING
■ Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not overly rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings and turning the high beams on or off
manually if necessary.
■ To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam
1
2
207
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■
Switching to the low beams
Pull the lever to its original posi-
tion.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
■
Switching to the high beams
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
Turning the high beams on/off manually
208
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
AVALON_U
■ Conditions to turn the high beams on/off automatically
● When all of the following conditions are met, the high beams will be turned
on automatically (after approximately 1 second):
• The vehicle speed is approximately 21 mph (34 km/h) or more.
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
● If any of the following conditions is met, the high beams will turn off automat-
ically:
• The vehicle speed is below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have their headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
■ Camera sensor detection information
● The high beams may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-
tions:
• When a vehicle suddenly appears from around a curve
• When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead cannot be detected due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear in a faraway lane on a wide road
• When the lights of vehicles ahead are not on
● The high beams may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without its headlights turned on is detected.
● House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
and other reflective objects may cause the high beams to change to the low
beams, or the low beams to remain on.
● The following factors may affect the amount of time taken for the high
beams to turn on or off:
• The brightness of the headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles
ahead
• The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage in the vehicle
● The high beams may turn on or off unexpectedly.
● Bicycles or similar vehicles may not be detected.
209
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
● In the following situations the system may not be able to correctly detect the
surrounding brightness level. This may cause the low beams to remain on
or the high beams to flash or dazzle pedestrians or vehicles ahead. In such
a case, it is necessary to manually switch between the high and low beams.
• When driving in inclement weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, sandstorms,
etc.)
• When the windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• When the windshield is cracked or damaged
• When the camera sensor is deformed or dirty
• When the temperature of the camera sensor is extremely high
• When the surrounding brightness level is equal to that of headlights, tail
lights or fog lights
• When headlights or tail lights of vehicles ahead are turned off, dirty,
changing color, or not aimed properly
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a preceding vehi-
cle
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel roads, etc.)
• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road
• When there is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a
sign or mirror
• When the back of a preceding vehicle is highly reflective, such as a con-
tainer on a truck
• When the vehicle's headlights are damaged or dirty, or are not aimed
properly
• When the vehicle is listing or titling due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed,
etc.
• When the headlights are changed between the high beams and low
beams repeatedly in an abnormal manner
• When the driver believes that the high beams may be flashing or dazzling
pedestrians or other drivers
■ Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met.
• The headlight switch is in .
• The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
Turn the engine switch to the IGNITION ON mode.
Within 5 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 9 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even when the vehicle is
stopped.
1
2
3 2
210
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
AVALON_U
Operating the lever operates the wipers or washer as follows:
When intermittent windshield wiper operation is selected, the wiper
interval can be also adjusted.
*
1
or
*
2
Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
The intermittent wind-
shield wiper operates
more frequently as vehi-
cle speed becomes
higher.
*
1
or
*
2
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
*
1
or
*
2
High speed windshield
wiper operation
*
1
or
*
2
Temporary operation
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
4
5
6
211
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Washer/wiper dual oper-
ation
Pulling the lever operates the wip-
ers and washer.
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
(After operating several times, the
wipers operate once more time
after a short delay to prevent drip-
ping. However, the dripping pre-
vention does not operate while the
vehicle is moving.)
■ The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
■ When stopping the engine in an emergency while driving
If the windshield wipers are operating when the engine is stopped, the wind-
shield wipers will operate in high speed operation. After the vehicle is
stopped, operation will return to normal when the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode, or operation will stop when the driver’s door is opened.
7
WARNING
■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled
toward you and held continually.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
212
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
AVALON_U
When the windshield wipers are not being used, they retract to below
the hood. To enable the windshield wipers to be lifted when parking in
cold conditions or when replacing a windshield wiper insert, change
the rest position of the windshield wipers to the service position using
the wiper lever.
■
Raising the wipers to the service position
Within approximately 45 sec-
onds of turning the engine
switch off, move the wiper lever
to the
*
1
or
*
2
position and hold it for approxi-
mately 2 seconds or more.
The wipers will move to the ser-
vice position.
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
■
Lifting the windshield wipers
While holding the hook portion
of the wiper arm, lift the wind-
shield wiper from the wind-
shield.
Changing the windshield wiper rest position/Lifting the wind-
shield wipers
Hook portion
213
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Lowering the windshield wipers to the retracted position
With the windshield wipers placed on the windshield, turn the engine switch
to IGNITION ON mode and then move the wiper lever to an operating posi-
tion. When the wiper switch is turned off, the windshield wipers will stop at the
retracted position.
NOTICE
■ When lifting the windshield wipers
● Do not lift the windshield wipers when they are in the retracted position
below the hood. Otherwise, they may contact the hood, possibly resulting
in damage to a windshield wiper and/or the hood.
● Do not operate the wiper lever when the windshield wipers are lifted. Oth-
erwise, the windshield wipers may contact the hood, possibly resulting in
damage to the windshield wipers and/or hood.
214
AVALON_U
4-4. Refueling
● Close all the doors and windows, and turn the engine switch off.
● Confirm the type of fuel.
■ Fuel types
P. 474, 481
■ Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
■ If the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates
The malfunction indicator lamp may illuminate erroneously if refueling is per-
formed repeatedly when the fuel tank is nearly full.
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
215
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
● After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
● Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
● Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
● Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
● Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
● Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
■ When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
● Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
● Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
● Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
■ Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
216
4-4. Refueling
AVALON_U
Press the opener to open the
fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to
remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Closing the fuel tank cap
217
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ If the fuel filler door cannot be opened
Remove the cover inside the trunk and
pull the lever.
WARNING
■ When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
218
AVALON_U
4-5. Using the driving support systems
◆
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
P. 226
◆
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
P. 238
◆
Automatic High Beam
P. 206
◆
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
P. 248
Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
WARNING
■ Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption
that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to
the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle's
surroundings and driving safely.
219
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer
that will record certain data, such as:
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the pre-collision system functions
• Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
• Images from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-colli-
sion braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was
operating)
The pre-collision system does not record conversations, sounds or
images of the inside of the vehicle.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
● Recorded images can be erased using a specialized device.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the func-
tion is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates
will not be available.
Vehicle data recording
220
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor
Camera sensor
Sensors
1
2
221
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times.
● Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area.
● Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
● Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding
area.
● If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
Radar sensor
Front grille emblem
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the front grille emblem
is dirty or covered with water droplets,
snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and front grille
emblem with a soft cloth so you do not
mark or damage them.
1
2
222
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clear the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces-
sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from
the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed
is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
● If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or
covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove
the fog, condensation or ice. (P. 324)
● If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
● Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not get the camera sensor wet.
● Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor.
● Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, and so forth, to the
outer side of the windshield in front of
the camera sensor (shaded area in the
illustration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below the
bottom of the camera sensor
B: Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm)
(Approximately 4.0 in. [10 cm] to the
right and left from the center of the
camera sensor)
223
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
● Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
● Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it.
● Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
● Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
● Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
● If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the camera sensor.
● Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
224
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
225
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
For vehicles sold in Canada
226
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
◆
Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
◆
Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
◆
Pre-collision braking
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes
are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the
collision speed.
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sen-
sor to detect vehicles and pedestrians in front of your vehicle.
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal col-
lision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to
urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake
pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the
system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with
a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are auto-
matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (P. 230)
227
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
◆
Suspension control (if equipped)
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the Adaptive Variable Suspension System (P. 310)
will control the damping force of the shock absorbers to help main-
tain an appropriate vehicle posture.
228
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Limitations of the pre-collision system
● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations
under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen
collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this sys-
tem. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
● Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari-
ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: P. 232
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: P. 234
● Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself.
Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, cardboard objects
imitating detectable objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly,
possibly leading to an accident.
■ Pre-collision braking
● When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
● If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-
tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
● The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli-
sion braking function from operating.
● In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
● If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.
229
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● When the vehicle is being towed
● When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
● When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
● When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
● When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
● When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
● If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
● When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
● When the tires are not properly inflated
● When the tires are very worn
● When tires of a size other than specified are installed
● When tire chains are installed
● When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
● If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or cam-
era sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle
230
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■
Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on (P. 100)
of the multi-information display.
The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is
turned to IGNITION ON mode.
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
■
Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on (P. 100)
of the multi-information display.
The operation timing setting is retained when the engine switch is
turned off.
Far
The warning will begin to oper-
ate earlier than with the default
timing.
Middle
This is the default setting.
Near
The warning will begin to oper-
ate later than with the default
timing.
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1
2
3
231
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Operational conditions
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180
km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approxi-
mately 7 and 50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and 110 mph (30 and 180
km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approxi-
mately 20 and 50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180
km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approxi-
mately 7 and 50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be opera-
tional)
■ Pedestrian detection function
■ Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper-
ating, it will be canceled:
● The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
● The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
The pre-collision system detects pedestri-
ans based on the size, profile, and motion
of a detected object. However, a pedes-
trian may not be detected depending on
the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (P. 236)
232
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
● In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a vehicle or pedestrian
• When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes
• When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road sur-
face is uneven or undulating
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility
poles, trees, or walls
• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle
that is making a left/right turn
• When passing a vehicle in an oncom-
ing lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn
• When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adja-
cent lane may change, such as on a
winding road
• When there is a vehicle, pedestrian,
or object by the roadside at the
entrance of a curve
233
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion on the road surface or roadside
• When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mis-
taken for a vehicle or pedestrian
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present
• When a crossing pedestrian
approaches very close to the vehicle
• When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceil-
ing, traffic sign, etc.)
• When passing under an object (bill-
board, etc.) at the top of an uphill road
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact the vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner
234
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly
● In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
• When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
• When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle
235
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
• When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
• After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain
amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor
• The vehicle is wobbling.
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned
● In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
236
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
● Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar
sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly:
• Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approx-
imately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), mak-
ing their silhouette obscure
• Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc.,
hiding part of their body
• Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting
• Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehi-
cle
• Groups of pedestrians which are close together
• Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright
• Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel
• Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or
brightness as their surroundings
• Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects
• Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.)
on the road
• Pedestrians who are walking fast
• Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly
• Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object
• Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside
rear view mirror, etc.)
■ If the PCS warning light flashes or illuminates and a warning message is
displayed on the multi-information display
The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a
malfunction in the system.
● In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is hot, such as in the sun
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment
• When a front sensor is dirty or covered with snow, etc.
• When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged
up or covered with condensation or ice
(Defogging the windshield:
P. 324)
• If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a
sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor
● If the PCS warning light continues to flash or remains illuminated or the
warning message does not disappear even though the vehicle has returned
to normal, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
237
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ If VSC is disabled
● If VSC is disabled (P. 311), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision
braking functions are also disabled.
● The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
238
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lines, this
function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane
and provides assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the
vehicle in its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visi-
ble white (yellow) lines with the
camera sensor on the upper por-
tion of the windshield.
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering
control)
Summary of functions
239
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
◆
Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, a warning is dis-
played on the multi-information
display and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the surrounding
road situation and carefully
operate the steering wheel to
move the vehicle back to the
center of the lane.
◆
Steering control function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, the system pro-
vides assistance as necessary
by operating the steering wheel
in small amounts for a short
period of time to keep the vehi-
cle in its lane.
If the system detects that the
steering wheel has not been
operated for a fixed amount of
time or the steering wheel is not
being firmly gripped, a warning
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display and the function
is temporarily canceled.
Functions included in LDA system
240
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
◆
Vehicle sway warning function
When the vehicle is swaying or
appears as if it may depart from
its lane multiple times, the
warning buzzer sounds and a
message is displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.
WARNING
■ Before using LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not auto-
matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surround-
ing conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as
from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ To avoid operating LDA system by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
241
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in the following situations.
The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
● A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped.
● When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pres-
sure is low.
● Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
● Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.).
● Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
● White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
● Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc. are present due to
road repair.
● Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction
work.
● Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,
fallen snow, freezing, etc.
● Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than on highways and freeways.
● Vehicle is driven in a construction zone.
■ Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
● Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the surface of the
lights.
● Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
● If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
242
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the engine is started.
Turning LDA system on
243
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The illustration used is intended as an example, and may differ from
the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
LDA indicator
The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of
the system operation status.
Illuminated in white:
LDA system is operating.
Illuminated in green:
Steering wheel assistance of the
steering control function is operat-
ing.
Flashing in amber:
Lane departure alert function is
operating.
Operation display of steering wheel operation support
Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering control
function is operating.
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the
driving assist system information screen.
Indications on multi-information display
1
2
3
Inside of displayed white lines
is white
Inside of displayed white lines
is black
Indicates that the system is recog-
nizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes yellow.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.
244
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Operation conditions of each function
● Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius
of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m).
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 247)
● Steering control function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addi-
tion to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “Steering Assist” in of the multi-information display is set to
“On”. (P. 100)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a certain amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for
changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel warning is not displayed. (P. 245)
● Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “Sway Warning” in of the multi-information display is set to
“On”. (P. 100)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 247)
245
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Temporary cancellation of functions
When the operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be tempo-
rarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, oper-
ation of the function is automatically restored. (P. 244)
■ Steering control function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,
etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not
operate at all.
■ Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio play-
back, etc.
■ Hands off steering wheel warning
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, a warning
message and the symbol shown in the illustration are displayed on the multi-
information display, and the function is temporarily canceled.
This warning also operates in the same way when the driver continuously
operates the steering wheel only a small amount. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
■ Vehicle sway warning function
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
■ White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.
When the system determines that the
driver has removed their hands from the
steering wheel while the steering control
function is operating, a warning message
urging the driver to hold the steering
wheel and the symbol shown in the illus-
tration are displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display.
When the system determines that the
vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway
warning function is operating, a buzzer
sounds and a warning message urging
the driver to rest and the symbol shown
in the illustration are simultaneously dis-
played on the multi-information display.
246
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow)
lines and various functions may not operate normally.
● There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
● The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
● The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement
marker” or stones are present.
● The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
● The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
● The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
● The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
● The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
● Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the
camera.
● The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a slope.
● The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
● The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
● The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
● The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
● The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
● The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
● The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
● The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
● The vehicle is struck by a crosswind.
● The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
● Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
247
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Warning message
If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
and the LDA indicator illuminates in amber, follow the appropriate trouble-
shooting procedure.
If a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed
on the screen. (P. 443)
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 100)
Warning message Details/Actions
“LDA Malfunction
Visit Your Dealer”
The system may not be operating
properly.
Have the vehicle inspected at your
Toyota dealer.
“Front Camera Unavailable”
The operation conditions of the cam-
era sensor (temperature, etc.) are not
met.
When the operation conditions of
the camera sensor (temperature,
etc.) are met, the LDA system will
become available. Turn the LDA
system off, wait for a little while,
and then turn the LDA system back
on.
“LDA Unavailable”
The LDA system is temporarily
canceled due to a malfunction in a
sensor other than the camera sensor.
Turn the LDA system off and follow
the appropriate troubleshooting
procedures for the warning mes-
sage. Afterward, drive the vehicle
for a short time, and then turn the
LDA system back on.
“LDA Unavailable Below
Approx. 32MPH”
The LDA system cannot be used as
the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 32 mph (50 km/h).
Drive the vehicle at approximately
32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
248
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates, decelerates and stops to match the speed changes of the
preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In
constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range on free-
ways and highways.
● Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (P. 251)
● Constant speed control mode (P. 257)
■
Meter display
Display
Set speed
Indicators
■
Operation switches
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
“+ RES” switch
Cruise control main switch
Cancel switch
“- SET” switch
Dynamic radar cruise controlwith full-
speed range
Summary of functions
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
249
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Before using dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
● Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on
the system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your
surroundings.
● The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range provides driving
assistance to reduce the driver's burden. However, there are limitations to
the assistance provided.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead:
P. 259
• Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly: P. 260
● Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road
conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking
the set speed.
● Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced-
ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this sys-
tem or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Switch the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range off using the
cruise control main switch when not in use.
■ Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is only intended to
help the driver in determining the following distance between the driver’s
own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mecha-
nism that allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that
can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for
driver to pay close attention to the vehicle’s surroundings.
● Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range determines
whether the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable
of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely neces-
sary for the driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there
is a possibility of danger in any given situation.
250
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
● Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range has limited capabil-
ity to prevent or avoid a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore,
if there is ever any danger, the driver must take immediate and direct con-
trol of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all
involved.
■ Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed
range
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range in any of the
following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
● Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
● At entrances to freeways and highways
● When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
● When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar sensor or
camera sensor
● In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-
eration
● When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
251
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suit-
able following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on
downhill slopes.
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-to-
vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance switch.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the vehicle ahead of you stops, your vehicle will also stop (vehicle is
stopped by system control). After the vehicle ahead starts off, pressing the
“+ RES” switch or depressing the accelerator pedal will resume follow-up
cruising.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
1
2
252
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
Press the cruise control main
switch to activate the cruise
control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi-
cator will come on and a message
will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display.
Press the switch again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
If the cruise control main switch is pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or
more, the system turns on in constant speed control mode. (P. 257)
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and press the “- SET”
switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the
set speed.
If the switch is operated while the vehicle speed is below approximately 30
mph (50 km/h) and a preceding vehicle is present, the set speed will be
adjusted to approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
3
1
2
253
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
To change the set speed, operate the “+ RES” or “- SET” switch until
the desired set speed is displayed.
Increases the speed
(Except when the vehicle has been
stopped by system control in vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Large adjustment: Press and hold
the switch to change the speed,
and release when the desired
speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
For U.S. mainland and Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the switch is held
For Canada, Guam and Puerto Rico
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)
*
1
or 5 km/h
(3.1 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control mode (P. 257), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the switch is
held.
*
1
: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
*
2
: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
254
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be
displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
When the vehicle is stopped by system control, the vehicle stops at a
certain vehicle-to-vehicle distance depending on the situation.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Preceding
vehicle mark
1
2
3
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
255
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
After the vehicle ahead of you
starts off, press the “+ RES”
switch.
Your vehicle will also resume fol-
low-up cruising if the accelerator
pedal is depressed after the vehi-
cle ahead of you starts off.
Pressing the cancel switch can-
cels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is
depressed.
(When the vehicle has been
stopped by system control,
depressing the brake pedal does
not cancel the setting.)
Pressing the “+ RES” switch resumes the cruise control and returns
vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, when a vehicle ahead is not detected, cruise control does not
resume when the vehicle speed is approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
Resuming follow-up cruising when the vehicle has been stopped
by system control (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Canceling and resuming the speed control
1
2
256
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to
ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-
vehicle distance.
■
Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
● When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
● When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
● Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
● When depressing the accelerator pedal
Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
257
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main-
tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc.
With the cruise control off,
press and hold the cruise con-
trol main switch for 1.5 seconds
or more.
Immediately after the switch is
pressed, the radar cruise control
indicator will come on. Afterwards,
it switches to the cruise control
indicator.
Switching to constant speed control mode is only possible when operating
the switch with the cruise control off.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 25 mph
[40 km/h]) and press the “- SET”
switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the
set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: P. 253
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P. 255
Selecting constant speed control mode
1
2
258
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range can be set when
● The shift lever is in D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
● Range 4 or higher of D has been selected by using the paddle shift switch.
(vehicles with paddle shift switches)
● Vehicle speed is at or above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h). However,
when a preceding vehicle is detected, the dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range can be set even if the vehicle speed is below approximately
30 mph (50 km/h).
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After acceler-
ating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order
to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
■ When the vehicle stops while follow-up cruising
● Pressing the “+ RES” switch while the vehicle ahead stops will resume fol-
low-up cruising if the vehicle ahead starts off within approximately 3 sec-
onds after the switch is pressed.
● If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3 seconds after your vehicle stops, fol-
low-up cruising will be resumed.
■ Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations.
● Actual vehicle speed falls at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) when
there are no vehicles ahead.
● The preceding vehicle leaves the lane when your vehicle is following at a
vehicle speed at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). Otherwise, the
sensor can not properly detect the vehicle. (“Radar Cruise Control Unavail-
able” is displayed on the multi-information display)
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
● The parking brake is operated.
● The vehicle is stopped by system control on a steep incline.
● The following are detected when the vehicle has been stopped by system
control:
• The driver is not wearing a seat belt.
• The driver’s door is opened.
• The vehicle has been stopped for about 3 minutes
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
259
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa-
tions:
● Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other rea-
son, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Brake system operation sound
If the brakes are applied automatically while the vehicle is in vehicle-to-vehi-
cle distance control mode, a brake system operation sound may be heard.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the
instructions.
■ When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (P. 256) may not be activated.
● Vehicles that cut in suddenly
● Vehicles traveling at low speeds
● Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
● Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
260
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
● Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
● When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
■ Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera-
tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
● When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
● When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on
a bridge
● While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle
accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
● When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)
● Preceding vehicle has an extremely
high ground clearance
● When the road curves or when the
lanes are narrow
● When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
261
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
● The BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) function
Assists the driver in making a decision when changing lanes
● The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.
Multi-information display
Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off. (P. 262)
Outside rear view mirror indicators
BSM function:
When a vehicle is detected in the blind spot, the outside rear view mirror
indicator comes on while the turn signal lever is not operated and the out-
side rear view mirror indicator flashes while the turn signal lever is oper-
ated.
RCTA function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, the outside rear view mirror indicators flash.
“BSM” indicator/“RCTA” indicator
When the BSM function/RCTA function is turned on, the indicator illumi-
nates.
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
1
2
3
262
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Audio system screen (RCTA function only)
If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is
detected, the RCTA icon (P. 268) for the detected side will be displayed.
RCTA
buzzer (
RCTA
function only)
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer sounds from behind the rear seat.
Press
/
of the meter control switches, select .
Press
/
of the meter control switched, select or .
Press of the meter control switch.
Each time is pressed, the function changes on/off.
■ The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif-
ficult to see.
■ RCTA buzzer hearing
RCTA function may be difficult to hear over loud noises such as high audio
volume.
■ When “Blind Spot Monitor Unavailable” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Unavailable” are shown on the multi-information display
Ice, snow, mud, etc., may be attached to the rear bumper around the sensors.
(P. 264)
The system should return to normal operation after removing the ice, snow,
mud, etc., from the rear bumper. Additionally, the sensors may not operate
normally when driving in extremely hot or cold environments.
■ When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor
If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following reasons, a
warning message will be displayed:
● There is a malfunction with the sensors
● The sensors have become dirty
● The outside temperature is extremely high or low
● The sensor voltage has become abnormal
Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off
4
5
1
2
3
263
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
264
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly.
If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer
● Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a
strong impact.
If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction
and vehicles may not be detected correctly.
In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
• A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact.
• If the surrounding area of a sensor is scratched or dented, or part of
them has become disconnected.
● Do not disassemble the sensor.
● Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
● Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
● Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
● Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times. If
a sensor or its surrounding area on the
rear bumper is dirty or covered with
snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not
operate and a warning message will be
displayed. (P. 262)
In this situation, clear off the dirt or
snow and drive the vehicle with the
operation conditions of the BSM func-
tion satisfied for approximately 60 min-
utes.
265
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The BSM function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles that are
traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is usually not reflected in
the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of
the vehicles existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator.
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m)
from the side of the vehicle
The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from
the rear bumper
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for-
ward of the rear bumper
■ The BSM function is operational when
● The BSM function is turned on
● Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
■ The BSM function will detect a vehicle when
● A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
● You overtake a vehicle in adjacent lane slowly.
● Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
BSM function
BSM function detection areas
1
2
3
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The BSM function is a supplementary function which alerts the driver that a
vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the BSM function.
The function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes, therefore over reli-
ance could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
266
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Conditions under which the BSM function will not detect a vehicle
The BSM function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
● Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
● Vehicles driving 2 lanes across from your vehicle*
● Vehicles which are being overtaken rapidly by your vehicle
*: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may
occur.
■ Conditions under which the BSM function may not function correctly
● The BSM function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following condi-
tions:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surround-
ing area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, standing water,
snow, etc.
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• When a vehicle is in the detection area from a stop and remains in the
detection area as your vehicle accelerates
• When driving up or down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, a dip
in the road, etc.
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When multiple vehicles approach with only a small gap between each
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are wide, and the vehicle in the next lane is too far
away from your vehicle
• When the vehicle that enters the detection area is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Immediately after the BSM function is turned on
267
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
● Instances of the BSM function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase under the following conditions:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a guardrail,
wall, etc.
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a following
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are narrow and a vehicle driving 2 lanes across from
your vehicle enters the detection area
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
The RCTA functions when your vehicle is in reverse. It can detect
other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle. It
uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehicle’s existence
through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators and sounding
a buzzer.
RCTA function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
1 2
268
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■
RCTA icon display
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle is detected, the following will be displayed on the audio sys-
tem screen.
: The RCTA function is malfunctioning (P. 262)
Toyota parking
assist monitor
Panoramic view
monitor
Content
A vehicle is approaching from the
left or right at the rear of the vehicle
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The RCTA function is only an assist and is not a replacement for careful
driving. Driver must be careful when backing up, even when using RCTA
function. The driver’s own visual confirmation of behind you and your vehi-
cle is necessary and be sure there are no pedestrians, other vehicles, etc.,
before backing up. Failure to do so could cause death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
269
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
■ The RCTA function is operational when
● The RCTA function is turned on.
● The shift lever is in R.
● Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
● Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and
18 mph (28 km/h).
RCTA function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed
Approximate
alert distance
Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)
Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)
1
270
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Conditions under which the RCTA function will not detect a vehicle
The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
● Vehicles approaching from directly behind
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
● Vehicles backing up in the parking space next to your vehicle*
*
: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may
occur.
■ Conditions under which the RCTA function may not function correctly
● The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following condi-
tions:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surround-
ing area on the rear bumper
• During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• When multiple vehicles approach continuously
• Shallow angle parking
• When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
• When parking on a steep incline, such as hills, a dip in the road, etc.
• Immediately after the RCTA function is turned on
• Immediately after the engine is started with the RCTA function on.
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
due to obstructions
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
due to obstructions
271
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
● Instances of the RCTA function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase in the following situations:
• When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle
• When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a
guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electrical waves
toward the rear of the vehicle, is short
● When there are spinning objects near your vehicle such as the fan of an air
conditioning unit
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 100, 498)
• When the parking space faces a
street and vehicles are being driven
on the street
272
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Pedestrian detection icon
Displayed automatically when a
pedestrian is detected.
Mute switch
Select to mute the buzzer. The
buzzer will be re-enabled when the
shift lever is shifted to a position
other than R.
Rear Camera Detection function (vehicles
with panoramic view monitor)
: If equipped
When the vehicle is backing up, the rear camera detection func-
tion can detect pedestrians in the detection area behind the
vehicle. If a pedestrian is detected, a buzzer will sound and an
icon on the audio system screen will be displayed to inform the
driver of the pedestrian.
Display
1
2
273
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
If the rear camera detection func-
tion detects a pedestrian in the
detection area, the buzzer and
icon will operate as shown in the
following table:
■ The rear camera detection function is operational when
The rear camera detection function is operational when the following condi-
tions are met:
● The engine switch is in the IGNITION ON mode.
● The shift lever is in R.
■ Setting the buzzer volume
The buzzer volume of this function changes with the RCTA buzzer volume.
(P. 100, 498)
■ If the rear camera detection function is malfunctioning
If a malfunction of the rear camera detection function is detected, one of the
following messages will be displayed on the audio system screen. Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● “RCD malfunction.”
● “Visit your dealer.”
● “RCD unavailable.”
When a pedestrian is detected
Area Buzzer Icon
Sounds repeatedly
Blinks 3 times and then stays on
When the vehicle is stationary:
Sounds 3 times
When the vehicle is backing up:
Sounds repeatedly
When it is determined that a
pedestrian will enter area
within a few seconds: Sounds
repeatedly
When it is determined that a
pedestrian will enter area
within a few seconds: Blinks 3
times and then stays on
1
2
3
1 1
274
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ If “Clean dirt from lens” is displayed on the audio system screen
A rear camera lens may be dirty or covered with snow or ice. In such cases, if
it is removed from the rear camera lens, the system should return to normal.
(It may be necessary to drive the vehicle for some time before the system
returns to normal.)
■ If “RCD unavailable” is displayed on the audio system screen
● If this message is displayed after the battery has been disconnected and
reconnected, fully turn the steering wheel to the left and then the right on
level ground.
● If this message is displayed only when the R shift position is selected, the
rear camera lens may be dirty. Clean the rear camera lens.
■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly
● Some pedestrians, such as the following, may not be detected by the rear
camera detection function, preventing the function from operating properly:
• Pedestrians who are squatting
• Pedestrians who are lying down
• Pedestrians who are running
• Pedestrians who suddenly enter the detection area
• Pedestrians riding a bicycle, skateboard, or other light vehicle
• Pedestrians wearing unusual clothing, such as a costume
• Pedestrians whose body is partially hidden by a cart or other object
• Pedestrians which are obscured by darkness, such as at night
● In some situations, such as the following, pedestrians may not be detected
by the rear camera detection function, preventing the function from operat-
ing properly:
• When backing up in inclement weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
• When the rear camera is obscured (dirt, snow, ice, etc. are attached) or
scratched
• When a very bright light, such as the sun, or the headlights of another
vehicle, shines directly into the rear camera
• When backing up in a place where the surrounding brightness changes
suddenly, such as at the entrance or exit of a garage or underground
parking lot
275
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
● In some situations, such as the following, the rear camera detection function
may operate even though there are no pedestrians in the detection area.
• When a three dimensional object, such as a pole, traffic cone, fence, or
parked vehicle, is detected
• When a moving object, such as a car or motorcycle is detected
• When backing up toward moving objects such as flags or puddles, or air-
borne matter, such as smoke, steam, rain, or snow
• When there is a pattern on the road, due to the road being made of cob-
blestone or gravel or having tram rails, traces of repair, white lines,
pedestrian crossings or fallen leaves on the surface
• When backing up on a metal cover (grating), such as those used for
drainage ditches
• When backing up toward the roadside or a bump in the road
• When an object is reflected in a puddle or on a wet road surface
• When there are shadows on the road
• When backing up over a bump in the road
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted, such as when carrying a heavy load
• When backing up toward an incline/decline
• If the suspension has been modified or tires of a size other than specified
are installed
• If the rear of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load
• If an electronic component, such as a backlit license plate or rear fog
light, is installed near the rear camera
• If a bumper protector, such as an additional trim strip, is installed to the
rear bumper
• If the orientation of the rear camera has been changed due to a collision
or other impact, or removal and installation
• If a towing eyelet is installed to the rear of the vehicle
• When the rear camera is obscured (dirt, snow, ice, etc. are attached) or
scratched
• When water is flowing over the rear camera lens
• If there is a flashing light in the detection area, such as the emergency
flashers of another vehicle
■ Situations in which the rear camera detection function may be difficult to
notice
● If buzzer may be difficult to hear if the surrounding area is noisy, the volume
of the audio system volume is high, the air conditioning system is being
used, etc.
● If the temperature in the cabin is extremely high or low, the audio system
screen may not operate correctly.
276
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Front corner sensors
Front center sensors
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
Press
/
of the meter con-
trol switches, select .
Press
/
of the meter con-
trol switches, select .
Press of the meter con-
trol switch.
Each time is pressed, the function changes on/off.
When on, the indicator light comes on to inform the driver that the sys-
tem is operational.
Intuitive parking assist
: If equipped
The distance from your vehicle to nearby objects when parallel
parking or maneuvering into a garage is measured by the sen-
sors and communicated via the displays and a buzzer. Always
check the surrounding area when using this system.
Types of sensors
1
2
3
4
Turning the intuitive parking assist on/off
1
2
3
277
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
When the sensors detect an object, the following displays inform the
driver of the position and distance to the object.
■
Multi-information display
Front corner sensor opera-
tion
Front center sensor opera-
tion
Rear corner sensor operation
Rear center sensor operation
Select to mute the buzzer
sounds.
■
Audio system screen
Intuitive parking assist
When the vehicle is moving
backward.
A simplified image is displayed
on the upper part of the screen
when an object is detected.
■ Muting the buzzer sound
● To mute the buzzer sound
The buzzer can be temporarily muted by pressing of the meter con-
trol switches while an object detection display is shown on the multi-infor-
mation display.
● To cancel the mute
Mute will be automatically cancelled in the following situations.
• When the shift position is changed
• When the vehicle speed has reached or exceeded approximately 6 mph
(10 km/h) with the shift lever in D
• When the intuitive parking assist is turned off once and turned on again
• When the engine switch is turned off once and turned to IGNITION ON
mode again
• When a sensor is malfunctioning
Display
1
2
3
4
5
1
278
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■
Distance display
Sensors that detect an object will illuminate continuously or blink.
*: The images may differ from those shown in the illustrations. (P. 277)
Sensor detection display, object distance
Multi-
information
display
*
Insert
display
Approximate distance to object
Front and rear
center sensor
Front and rear
corner sensor
(continuous) (blinking
slowly)
Far
Near
Front center
sensor:
3.3 ft. (100 cm) to
2.4 ft. (73 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
4.9 ft. (150 cm) to
2.5 ft. (75 cm)
(continuous) (blinking)
Front center
sensor:
2.4 ft. (73 cm) to
1.5 ft. (45 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
2.5 ft. (75 cm) to
1.5 ft. (45 cm)
2.6 ft. (80 cm) to
1.5 ft. (45 cm)
(continuous) (blinking
rapidly)
1.5 ft. (45 cm) to
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
1.5 ft. (45 cm) to
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
(blinking) (continuous)
Less than
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
Less than
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
279
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■
Buzzer operation and distance to an object
A buzzer sounds when the sensors are operating.
● The buzzer sounds faster as the vehicle approaches an object.
When the vehicle comes within the following distance of the
object, the buzzer sounds continuously: Approximately 1.2 ft. (35
cm).
● When 2 or more objects are detected simultaneously, the buzzer
system responds to the nearest object. If one or both come within
the above distances, the beep will repeat a long tone, followed by
fast beeps.
Approximately 3.3 ft. (100 cm)
Approximately 4.9 ft. (150 cm)
Approximately 2.6 ft. (80 cm)
The diagram shows the detection
range of the sensors. Note that the
sensors cannot detect objects that
are extremely close to the vehicle.
The range of the sensors may
change depending on the shape of
the object, etc.
Detection range of the sensors
1
2
3
280
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ The intuitive parking assist can be operated when
● Front corner sensors:
• The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
• The shift lever is in other than P.
• The vehicle speed is less than about 6 mph (10 km/h).
● Front center sensors:
• The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
• The shift lever is in other than P or R.
• The vehicle speed is less than about 6 mph (10 km/h).
● Rear corner and rear center sensors:
• The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
• The shift lever is in R.
• The vehicle speed is less than about 6 mph (10 km/h).
■ Intuitive parking assist display
When an object is detected while the Toyota parking assist monitor or pan-
oramic view monitor is in use, the warning indicator will appear in the upper
part of the screen even if the display setting has been set to off.
■ Sensor detection information
● The sensor’s detection areas are limited to the areas around the vehicle’s
bumper.
● Depending on the shape of the object and other factors, the detection dis-
tance may shorten, or detection may be impossible.
● Objects may not be detected if they are too close to the sensor.
● There will be a short delay between object detection and display. Even at
slow speeds, there is a possibility that the object will come within the sen-
sor’s detection areas before the display is shown and the buzzer sounds.
● Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detected when
approached, even if they have been detected once.
● It might be difficult to hear beeps due to the volume of audio system or air
flow noise of the air conditioning system.
■ If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected
The system needs to be initialized.
To initialize the system, drive the vehicle straight ahead for 5 seconds or more
at a speed of approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
■ If “Parking Assist Unavailable Clean Parking Assist Sensor” is displayed
on the multi-information display
A sensor may be dirty or covered with snow or ice. In such cases, if it is
removed from the sensor, the system should return to normal.
Also, due to the sensor being frozen at low temperatures, a malfunction dis-
play may appear or an object may not be detected. If the sensor thaws out,
the system should return to normal.
281
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ If “Parking Assist Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information dis-
play
● Water may be continuously flowing over the sensor surface, such as in a
heavy rain. When the system determines that it is normal, the system will
return to normal.
● Initialization may not have been performed after a battery terminal was dis-
connected and reconnected. Initialize the system. If this message continues
to be displayed even after initialization, have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
■ Certification
For vehicles sold in Canada
This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.
Cet appareil ISM est conforme a la norme NMB-001 du Canada.
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 100, 498)
WARNING
■ When using the intuitive parking assist
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely
and possibly cause an accident.
● Do not use the sensor at speeds in excess of 6 mph (10 km/h).
● The sensors’ detection areas and reaction times are limited. When moving
forward or reversing, check the areas surrounding the vehicle (especially
the sides of the vehicle) for safety, and drive slowly, using the brake to
control the vehicle’s speed.
● Do not install accessories within the sensors’ detection areas.
282
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Sensors
Certain vehicle conditions and the surrounding environment may affect the
ability of a sensor to correctly detect an object. Particular instances where
this may occur are listed below.
● There is dirt, snow or ice on the sensor. (Wiping the sensors will resolve
this problem.)
● The sensor is frozen. (Thawing the area will resolve this problem.)
In especially cold weather, if a sensor is frozen the screen may show an
abnormal display, or objects may not be detected.
● The sensor is covered in any way.
● The vehicle is leaning considerably to one side.
● On an extremely bumpy road, on an incline, on gravel, or on grass.
● The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due to vehicle horns, motorcycle
engines, air brakes of large vehicles, or other loud noises producing ultra-
sonic waves.
● There is another vehicle equipped with parking assist sensors in the vicin-
ity.
● The sensor is coated with a sheet of spray or heavy rain.
● The sensor is drenched with water on a flooded road.
● The vehicle is equipped with a fender pole or wireless antenna.
● Towing eyelets are installed.
● The bumper or sensor receives a strong impact.
● The vehicle is approaching a tall or curved curb.
● The detection range is reduced due to an object such as a sign.
● In harsh sunlight or intense cold weather.
● The area directly under the bumpers is not detected.
● If objects draw too close to the sensor.
● A non-genuine Toyota suspension (lowered suspension, etc.) is installed.
● A backlit license plate is installed.
In addition to the examples above, there are instances in which, because of
their shape, signs and other objects may be judged by a sensor to be closer
than they are.
283
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Objects which may not be properly detected
The shape of the object may prevent a sensor from detecting it. Pay partic-
ular attention to the following objects:
● Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
● Cotton, snow and other materials that absorb sound waves
● Sharply-angled objects
● Low objects
● Tall objects with upper sections projecting outwards in the direction of your
vehicle
● People may not be detected if they are wearing certain types of clothing.
● Moving objects such as people or animals
NOTICE
■ When using intuitive parking assist
In the following situations, the system may not function correctly due to a
sensor malfunction, etc. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
● The intuitive parking assist operation display flashes, and a buzzer sounds
when no objects are detected.
● If the area around a sensor collides with something, or is subjected to
strong impact.
● If the bumper collides with something.
● If the display shows continuously without beeping, except when the buzzer
volume is muted.
● If a display error occurs, first check the sensor.
If the error occurs even if there is no ice, snow or mud on the sensor, it is
likely that the sensor is malfunctioning.
■ Notes when washing the vehicle
Do not apply intensive bursts of water or steam to the sensor area.
Doing so may result in the sensor malfunctioning.
284
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
The system will operate in situations such as the following if an object
is detected in the traveling direction of the vehicle.
◆
When traveling at a low speed and the brake pedal is not
depressed, or is depressed late
Intelligent Clearance Sonar (ICS)
: If equipped
If a collision with an object may occur due to the vehicle sud-
denly moving forward due to an accidental accelerator pedal
operation, the vehicle moving the unintended direction due to
the wrong shift position being selected, or while parking or
traveling at low speeds, the sensors detect objects, such as a
wall, in the traveling direction of the vehicle, and the system
operates to lessen an impact with an object and reduce the
resulting damage.
Examples of system operation
285
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
◆
When the accelerator pedal is depressed excessively
◆
When the vehicle moves in the unintended direction due to the
wrong shift position being selected
286
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
If a radar sensor detects a vehicle approaching from the right or left at
the rear of the vehicle and a collision may occur, this function will per-
form brake control to reduce the likelihood of an impact with the
approaching vehicle.
■
Examples of system operation
The system will operate in situations such as the following if an
object is detected in the traveling direction of the vehicle.
◆
When reversing, a vehicle is approaching and the brake pedal
is not depressed, or is depressed late
Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function
287
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Front corner sensors
Front center sensors
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
Press
/
of the meter con-
trol switches, select .
Press
/
of the meter con-
trol switches, select .
Press of the meter con-
trol switch.
Select the “Yes” and push .
When the Intelligent Clearance Sonar is disabled, the ICS OFF indicator
illuminates.
To re-enable the system when it was disabled, select on the multi-infor-
mation display, select and then “On”. If disabled using this method, the
system will not be re-enabled by turning the engine switch off and then to
IGNITION ON mode.
Types of sensors
1
2
3
4
Turning the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system on/off
1
2
3
4
288
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
If the engine output restriction control or brake control operates, a
buzzer will sound and a message will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display to alert the driver.
Depending on the situation, engine output restriction control will operate to
either limit acceleration or restrict output as much as possible.
Displays and buzzers for engine output restriction control and
brake control
Control Situation
Multi-information
display
ICS OFF
Indicator
Buzzer
Engine output
restriction con-
trol is operating
(acceleration
restriction)
Acceleration
greater than a
certain amount is
not possible.
“Object Detected
Acceleration
Reduced”
Not illu-
minated
Engine output
restriction con-
trol is operating
(output restricted
as much as pos-
sible)
Stronger-than-
normal brake
operation is nec-
essary.
“Brake!”
Short
beep
Brake control is
operating
Emergency brak-
ing is necessary.
Vehicle stopped
by system opera-
tion
The vehicle has
been stopped by
brake control
operation.
If the accelera-
tor pedal is
depressed:
“Switch to
Brake”
If the accelera-
tor pedal is not
depressed:
“Brake”
Illumi-
nated
289
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
If the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function detects that a collision with
an object is possible, the engine output will be restricted to restrain
any increase in the vehicle speed. (Engine output restriction control:
See A below.)
Additionally, if the accelerator pedal continues to be depressed, the
brakes will be applied automatically to reduce the vehicle speed.
(Brake control: See B below.)
Intelligent Clearance Sonar function
290
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
On
Off
Time
Down
On
Off
Time
On
Off
Time
Down
Up
Accelerator pedal
Brake pedal
Engine output
Braking force
Start of control
High possibility of a collision
Extremely high possibility of a
collision
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
291
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ The Intelligent Clearance Sonar function will operate when
The function will operate when the ICS OFF indicator is not illuminated or
flashing (P. 287, 295) and all of the following conditions are met:
● Engine output restriction control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar system is enabled.
• The vehicle speed is 10 mph (15 km/h) or less.
• There is an object in the traveling direction of the vehicle and 6 to 13 ft. (2
to 4 m) away.
• The system determines that a stronger-than-normal brake operation is
necessary to avoid a collision.
● Brake control
• Engine output restriction control is operating.
• The system determines that an emergency brake operation is necessary
to avoid a collision.
■ The Intelligent Clearance Sonar function will stop operating when
The function will stop operating if any of the following conditions are met:
● Engine output restriction control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar system is disabled.
• The collision becomes avoidable with normal brake operation.
• The object is no longer 6 to 13 ft. (2 to 4 m) away in the traveling direction
of the vehicle.
● Brake control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar system is disabled.
• Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the vehicle is stopped by brake
control.
• The brake pedal is depressed after the vehicle is stopped by brake con-
trol.
• The object is no longer 6 to 13 ft. (2 to 4 m) away in the traveling direction
of the vehicle.
■ Detection range of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function
The detection range of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function differs from
the detection range of the intuitive parking assist. (P. 279)
Therefore, even if the intuitive parking assist detects an object and provides a
warning, the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function may not start operating.
■ If the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function has operated
If the vehicle is stopped due to operation of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar
function, the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system will be disabled and the ICS
OFF indicator will illuminate.
292
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Re-enabling the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system
To re-enable the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system when it is disabled due
to operation of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function, either enable the sys-
tem again (P. 287), or turn the engine switch off and then back to IGNITION
ON mode.
Additionally, if the object becomes no longer in the traveling direction of the
vehicle or if the traveling direction of the vehicle changes (such as changing
from moving forward to backing up, or from backing up to moving forward),
the system will be re-enabled automatically.
■ Objects that the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function may not detect
The sensors may not be able to detect certain objects, such as the following.
● Cotton cloth, snow, and other materials that are poor reflectors of ultrasonic
waves.
(People may also not be detected depending on the type of clothing they are
wearing.)
● Objects which are not perpendicular to the ground, are not perpendicular to
the traveling direction of the vehicle, are uneven or are waving.
● Low objects
● Thin objects such as wires, fences, ropes and signposts
● Objects that are extremely close to the bumper
■ Situations in which the Intelligent Clearance Sonar may not operate
properly
When the shift lever is in N
■ Intuitive parking assist buzzer
Regardless of whether the intuitive parking assist system is enabled or not
(P. 276), if the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system is enabled (P. 287),
the front or rear sensors detect an object and brake control is performed, the
intuitive parking assist buzzer will sound to notify the driver of the approxi-
mate distance to the object.
293
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Situations in which the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function may operate
even if there is no possibility of a collision
In some situations such as the following, the Intelligent Clearance Sonar
function may operate even though there is no possibility of a collision.
● Vehicle surroundings
• When driving toward a banner, flag, low-hanging branch or boom barrier
(such as those used at railroad crossings, toll gates and parking lots).
• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When parallel parking
• When there is a rut or hole in the surface of the road
• When driving on a metal cover (grating), such as those used for drainage
ditches
• When driving on a steep slope
• If a sensor is hit by a large amount of water, such as when driving on a
flooded road
● Weather
• If a sensor is covered with ice, snow, dirt, etc. (when cleared, the system
will return to normal)
• If heavy rain or water strikes a sensor
• When driving in inclement weather such as fog, snow or a sandstorm
● Other ultrasonic waves sources
• When vehicle horns, vehicle detectors, motorcycle engines, air brakes of
large vehicles, the clearance sonar of other vehicles or other devices
which produce ultrasonic waves are near the vehicle
• If a sticker or an electronic component, such as a backlit license plate
(especially fluorescent type), fog lights, a fender pole or wireless antenna
is installed near a sensor
• When driving on a narrow road
• When driving on a gravel road or in
an area with tall grass
294
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
● Changes in the vehicle posture
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load
• If the orientation of a sensor has been changed due to a collision or other
impact
■ If the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function operates unnecessarily such
as at a railroad crossing
Even in the event that the Intelligent Clearance Sonar function operates
unnecessarily, such as at a railroad crossing, brake control will be canceled
after approximately 2 seconds, allowing you to proceed forward and leave the
area, Brake control can also be canceled by depressing the brake pedal.
Depressing the accelerator pedal again will allow you to proceed forward and
leave the area.
■ Situations in which the Intelligent Clearance Sonar Brake function may
not operate properly
In some situations such as the following, this function may not operate prop-
erly.
● Weather
• If a sensor is covered with ice, snow, dirt, etc. (when cleared, the system
will return to normal)
• If heavy rain or water strikes a sensor
• When driving in inclement weather such as fog, snow or a sandstorm
● Vehicle surroundings
• When an object that cannot be detected is between the vehicle and a
detected object
• If an object such as a vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle or pedestrian cuts in
front of the vehicle or runs out from the side of the vehicle.
• When a sensor or the area around a
sensor is extremely hot or cold
• When strong winds are blowing
295
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
● Other ultrasonic waves sources
• When vehicle horns, vehicle detectors, motorcycle engines, air brakes of
large vehicles, the clearance sonar of other vehicles or other devices
which produce ultrasonic waves are near the vehicle
• If a sticker or an electronic component, such as a backlit license plate
(especially fluorescent type), fog lights, a fender pole or wireless antenna
is installed near a sensor
● Changes in the vehicle posture
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load
• If the orientation of a sensor has been changed due to a collision or other
impact
■ If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected
The system needs to be initialized.
To initialize the system, drive the vehicle straight ahead for 5 seconds or more
at a speed of approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
■ If “ICS Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information display and
the ICS OFF indicator is flashing
Initialization may not have been performed after a battery terminal was dis-
connected and reconnected. Initialize the system. (P. 295)
If this message continues to be displayed even after initialization, have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ If “ICS Unavailable” and “Parking Assist Unavailable Clean Parking
Assist Sensor” are displayed on the multi-information display and the
ICS OFF indicator is flashing
● A sensor may be covered with ice, snow, dirt, etc. In this case, remove the
ice, snow, dirt, etc., from the sensor to return the system to normal. If this
message is shown even after removing dirt from the sensor, or shown when
the sensor was not dirty to begin with, have the vehicle inspected at your
Toyota dealer.
● A sensor may be frozen. Once the ice melts, the system will return to nor-
mal.
● Water may be continuously flowing over the sensor surface, such as in a
heavy rain. When the system determines that it is normal, the system will
return to normal.
296
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Limitations of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system
Do not overly rely on the system, as doing so may lead to an accident.
● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive carefully, tak-
ing care to observe your surroundings. The Intelligent Clearance Sonar
system is designed to provide support to lessen the severity of collisions.
However, it may not operate in some situations.
● The Intelligent Clearance Sonar system is not designed to stop the vehicle
completely. Additionally, even if the system has stopped the vehicle, it is
necessary to depress the brake pedal immediately as brake control will be
canceled after approximately 2 seconds.
■ To ensure the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system can operate properly
Observe the following precautions regarding the sensors (P. 287). Failure
to do so may cause a sensor to not operate properly, and may cause an
accident.
● Do not modify, disassemble or paint the sensors.
● Do not replace a sensor with a part other than a genuine part.
● Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area to a strong impact.
● Do not damage the sensors, and always keep them clean.
Observe the following precautions regarding the radar sensors (P. 264).
Failure to do so may cause a radar sensor to not operate properly, and may
cause an accident.
● Do not modify, disassemble or paint the sensors.
● Do not replace a radar sensor with a part other than a genuine part.
● Do not subject a radar sensor or its surrounding area to a strong impact.
● Do not damage the radar sensors, and always keep the radar sensors and
their surrounding area on the bumper clean.
■ Handling the suspension
Do not modify the suspension, as changes to the height or inclination of the
vehicle may prevent the sensors from detecting objects correctly or cause
the system to not operate or operate unnecessarily.
297
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ To prevent the system from malfunctioning
● If the area around a sensor is subjected to an impact, the system may not
operate properly due to the sensor being misaligned. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● When using a high pressure washer to wash the vehicle, do not spray the
sensors directly, as doing so may cause a sensor to malfunction.
● When using steam to clean the vehicle, do not direct steam too close to
the sensors as doing so may cause a sensor to malfunction.
■ To prevent a radar sensor from malfunctioning
● If the area around a radar sensor is subjected to an impact, the system
may not operate properly due to a sensor malfunction. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Observe the radar sensor handling precautions. (P. 264)
■ To prevent unnecessary operation of the Intelligent Clearance Sonar
system
In the following situations, disable the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system
as the system may operate even though there is no possibility of a collision.
● When inspecting the vehicle using a chassis roller, chassis dynamo or free
roller
● When loading the vehicle onto a boat, truck or other transport vessel
● If the suspension has been modified or tires of a size other than specified
are installed
● If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load
● When equipment that may obstruct a sensor is installed, such as a towing
eyelet, bumper protector (an additional trim strip, etc.), bicycle carrier, or
snow plow
● When using an automatic car wash
298
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
If the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function detects that a collision
with an approaching vehicle is possible, the engine output will be
restricted to restrain any increase in vehicle speed. (Engine output
restriction control: See A below.)
Additionally, if the accelerator pedal continues to be depressed, the
brakes will be applied automatically to reduce the vehicle speed.
(Brake control: See B below.)
Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function
299
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
On
Off
Time
Down
On
Off
Time
On
Off
Time
Down
Up
Accelerator pedal
Brake pedal
Engine output
Braking force
Start of control
High possibility of a collision
Extremely high possibility of a
collision
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
300
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ The Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function will operate when
The function will operate when the ICS OFF indicator is not illuminated or
flashing (P. 287, 295) and all of the following conditions are met:
● Engine output restriction control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar with Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake is
enabled.
• The vehicle speed is 10 mph (15 km/h) or less.
• Vehicles which are approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle at a traveling speed of less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)
• The shift lever is in R.
• The system determines that a stronger than normal brake operation is
necessary to avoid a collision with an approaching vehicle.
● Brake control
• Engine output restriction control is operating.
• The system determines that an emergency brake operation is necessary
to avoid a collision with an approaching vehicle.
■ The Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function will stop operating when
The function will stop operating if any of the following conditions are met:
● Engine output restriction control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar with Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake is
disabled.
• The collision becomes avoidable with normal brake operation.
• A vehicle is no longer approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle.
● Brake control
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar with Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake is
disabled.
• Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the vehicle is stopped by brake
control.
• The brake pedal is depressed after the vehicle is stopped by brake con-
trol.
• A vehicle is no longer approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle.
■ Detection area of the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function
The detection area of the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function differs from
the detection area of the RCTA function (P. 269).
Therefore, even if the RCTA function detects a vehicle and provides an alert,
the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function may not start operating.
■ If the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function has operated
If the vehicle is stopped due to operation of the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake
function, the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function will be disabled and the
ICS OFF indicator will illuminate.
301
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Re-enabling the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function
To re-enable the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function when it is disabled
while it is operating, either enable the Intelligent Clearance Sonar system
again (P. 287), or turn the engine switch off and then back to IGNITION ON
mode. When the function is disabled, the ICS OFF indicator will illuminate.
(P. 8 7 )
If there is no longer a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of
the vehicle when backing up, or if the traveling direction of the vehicle
changes (such as changing from backing up to moving forward), the system
will be re-enabled automatically. When the function is re-enabled, the ICS
OFF indicator will turn off.
■ Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function will
not detect a vehicle
The Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function is not designed to detect the fol-
lowing types of vehicles and/or objects.
● Vehicles approaching from directly behind
● Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
*
: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may
occur.
■ RCTA function buzzer
Regardless of whether the RCTA function is enabled or not (P. 262), if the
Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function is enabled and brake control is per-
formed, a buzzer will sound to notify the driver.
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
due to obstructions
● Vehicles which suddenly accelerate or
decelerate near your vehicle
302
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Situations in which the system may operate even though there is no
possibility of a collision
In some situations such as the following, the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake
function may operate even though there is no possibility of a collision.
● When there are spinning objects near your vehicle such as the fan of an air
conditioning unit
● When water is splashed or sprayed toward the rear bumper, such as from a
sprinkler
● When the parking space faces a street
and vehicles are being driven on the
street
● When a detected vehicle turns while
approaching the vehicle
● When a vehicle passes by the side of
your vehicle
● When the distance between your vehicle
and metal objects, such as a guardrail,
wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may
reflect electrical waves toward the rear
of the vehicle, is short
303
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Situations in which the Rear Cross Traffic Auto Brake function may not
operate properly
In some situations such as the following, this function may not operate prop-
erly.
● Objects and vehicles which the radar sensors are not designed to detect
• Stationary objects
• Vehicles which are moving away from your vehicle
• Pedestrians, motorcycles, bicycles, etc.
*
• Objects which are extremely close to a radar sensor
• Vehicles which are approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle at a traveling speed of less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)
• Vehicles which are approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle at a traveling speed of more than approximately 15 mph (24 km/h)
*: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
● Situations in which the radar sensors may not be able to detect an object
• When a sensor or the area around a sensor is extremely hot or cold
• If the rear bumper is covered with ice, snow, dirt, etc.
• If heavy rain or water strikes the vehicle
• When the detection area of a radar sensor is obstructed by an adjacent
vehicle
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted
• When equipment that may obstruct a sensor is installed, such as a towing
eyelet, bumper protector (an additional trim strip, etc.), bicycle carrier, or
snow plow
• If the suspension has been modified or tires of a size other than specified
are installed
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load
• If a sticker or an electronic component, such as a backlit license plate
(especially fluorescent type), fog lights, a fender pole or wireless antenna
is installed near a radar sensor
• If the orientation of a radar sensor has been changed due to a collision or
other impact or removal and installation
• When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between
each vehicle
• When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
● Situations in which the radar sensor may not detect a vehicle
• When a vehicle approaches from the
right or left at the rear of the vehicle
while you are turning while backing
up
• When turning while backing up
304
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Handling the radar sensors
P. 264
• When backing out of a shallow angle
parking spot
• Vehicles that the sensors cannot
detect due to obstructions
• When backing up on a slope with a
sharp change in grade
• When a vehicle turns into the detec-
tion area
305
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Vehicles without AVS (Adaptive Variable Suspension System)
Normal mode
Use for normal driving.
While in Eco drive mode or Sport mode, press the “NORMAL” switch to
change the driving mode to normal mode.
Eco drive mode
Use Eco drive mode to help achieve low fuel consumption during
trips that involve frequent accelerating.
When the “ECO” switch is pressed, the “ECO MODE” indicator comes on
in the multi-information display.
Sport mode
Use sport mode when increased acceleration response and precise
handling is desired, for example, when driving on mountain roads.
When the “SPORT” switch is pressed, the “SPORT” indicator comes on in
the multi-information display.
Driving mode select switches
The driving modes can be selected to suit driving condition.
1
2
3
306
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
Vehicles with AVS (Adaptive Variable Suspension System)
Normal mode/Custom mode
• Normal mode
Use for normal driving.
While in Eco drive mode, Sport mode or Custom mode press the “NOR-
MAL/CUSTOM” switch to change the driving mode to normal mode.
• Custom mode
Allows you to drive with the following functions set to your pre-
ferred settings.
Custom mode settings can only be changed on the drive mode
customization display of the audio system screen.
(Displaying the drive mode customization display: P. 498)
When the “NORMAL/CUSTOM” switch is pressed, the “CUSTOM” indi-
cator comes on in the multi-information display.
1
307
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Eco drive mode
Use Eco drive mode to help achieve low fuel consumption during
trips that involve frequent accelerating.
When the “ECO” switch is pressed, the “ECO MODE” indicator comes on
in the multi-information display.
Sport mode
• SPORT S mode
Controls the transmission and engine to provide quick, powerful
acceleration. This mode is suitable for when agile driving
response is desired, such as when driving on roads with many
curves.
When not in SPORT S mode, if the “SPORT S/S+” switch is pressed,
the “SPORT S” indicator will come on in the multi-information display.
• SPORT S+ mode
Helps to ensure steering performance and driving stability by
simultaneously controlling the steering and suspension in addi-
tion to the transmission and engine. Suitable for sportier driving.
When in SPORT S mode, if the “SPORT S/S+” switch is pressed, the
“SPORT S+” indicator will come on in the multi-information display.
Function Setting
Powertrain
Normal
Power
Eco
Chassis
Normal
Sport
Air conditioning system
Normal
Eco
2
3
308
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
Eco drive mode controls the heating/cooling operations and fan speed of the
air conditioning system to enhance fuel efficiency (P. 322). To improve air
conditioning performance, adjust the fan speed or turn off Eco drive mode.
■ Automatic deactivation of sport mode and custom mode
If the engine switch is turned off after driving in sport mode or custom mode,
the drive mode will be changed to normal mode.
309
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
◆
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
◆
Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
◆
VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces.
◆
Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS.
Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery
road surfaces by controlling steering performance.
◆
TRAC
(Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
◆
Active Cornering Assist (ACA) (TRD package)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from sliding to the outer side by per-
forming inner wheel brake control when attempting to accelerate
while turning
◆
Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when start-
ing on an uphill
Driving assist systems
To keep driving safety and performance, the following systems
operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehi-
cle.
310
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
◆
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel
◆
Adaptive Variable Suspension System (if equipped)
By independently controlling the damping force of the shock
absorbers for each of the 4 wheels according to the road and driv-
ing conditions, this system helps riding comfort with superior vehi-
cle stability, and helps good vehicle posture (P. 305)
◆
The Secondary Collision Brake
When the SRS airbag sensor detects a collision and the system
operates, the brakes and stop lights are automatically controlled to
reduce the vehicle speed and help reduce the possibility of further
damage due to a secondary collision.
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC systems are
operating.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating
311
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn
the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order
to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release .
“Traction Control Turned Off” will
be shown on the multi-information
display.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
Disabling the TRAC system
312
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and the “Traction Control Turned
Off” will be shown on the multi-information display
*.
Press again to turn the system back on.
*: Pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision braking will also be disabled.
The PCS warning light will come on and the message will be shown on the
multi-information display. (P. 237)
■ When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRAC has been disabled even if has not been pressed
TRAC is temporary deactivated. If the information continues to show, contact
your Toyota dealer.
■ Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
● The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline)
● The vehicle is stopped
● The accelerator pedal is not depressed
● The parking brake is not engaged
■ Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
● The shift lever is shifted to P or N
● The accelerator pedal is depressed
● The parking brake is engaged
● 2 seconds at maximum elapsed after the brake pedal is released
313
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and
hill-start assist control systems
● A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has
occurred in any of these systems.
● Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
■ EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Active Cornering Assist operation sounds and vibrations
When the Active Cornering Assist is operated, operation sounds and vibra-
tions may be generated from the brake system, but this is not a malfunction.
■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automati-
cally re-enabled in the following situations:
● When the engine switch is turned off
● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■ Operating conditions of Active Cornering Assist
The system operates when the following occurs.
● TRAC/VSC can operate
● The driver is attempting to accelerate while turning
● The system detects that the vehicle is sliding to the outer side
● The brake pedal is released
■ Secondary Collision Brake operating conditions
The system operates when the SRS airbag sensor detects a collision while
the vehicle is in motion.
However, the system does not operate in any of the following situations.
● The vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
● Components are damaged
314
4-5. Using the driving support systems
AVALON_U
■ Secondary Collision Brake automatic cancellation
The system is automatically canceled in any of the following situations.
● The vehicle speed drops below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)
● A certain amount of time elapses during operation
● The accelerator pedal is depressed a large amount
■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result.
Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle
and turn the engine off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10
minutes.
WARNING
■ The ABS does not operate effectively when
● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
● When driving with tire chains
● When driving over bumps in the road
● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
■ TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■ Active Cornering Assist does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on Active Cornering Assist. Active Cornering Assist may
not operate effectively when accelerating down slopes or driving on slip-
pery road surfaces.
● When Active Cornering Assist frequently operates, Active Cornering
Assist may temporarily stop operating to:
• Ensure proper operation of the brakes, TRAC and VSC.
• Prevent the brakes from overheating.
315
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
■ When the TRAC/VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■ When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
■ Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
■ Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
■ Secondary Collision Brake
Do not rely solely upon the Secondary Collision Brake. This system is
designed to help reduce the possibility of further damage due to a second-
ary collision, however, that effect changes according to various conditions.
Overly relying on the system may result in death or serious injury.
316
AVALON_U
4-6. Driving tips
● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.
*
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
*: Tire chains cannot be mounted on vehicles with 18 and 19-inch tires.
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
Before driving the vehicle
317
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
AVALON_U
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
● Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from
being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking
brake, make sure to block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi-
cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
● If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm
that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P
*
.
*: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any
other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be
shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Vehicles with 17-inch tires
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain:
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length
Vehicles with 18 and 19-inch tires
Tire chains cannot be mounted.
Snow tires should be used instead.
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains
1
2
3
4
5
6
318
4-6. Driving tips
AVALON_U
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
■ Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
● Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 1/2 mile (0.5 1.0 km).
● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Regulations on the use of tire chains
WARNING
■ Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
● Use tires of the size specified.
● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
■ Driving with tire chains (vehicles with 17-inch tires)
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
● Do not use LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system.
319
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters.
■ Fitting tire chains (vehicles with 17-inch tires)
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
320
4-6. Driving tips
AVALON_U
321
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
5-1. Using the
air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning
system............................. 322
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters/
seat ventilators................ 329
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 332
• Interior light ................... 333
• Personal lights .............. 333
• Ambient lights ............... 334
5-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ..... 335
• Glove box...................... 336
• Console box.................. 336
• Bottle holders................ 337
• Cup holders .................. 338
• Auxiliary boxes.............. 339
• Open tray ...................... 340
Trunk features................... 341
5-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ....... 342
• Sun visors..................... 342
• Vanity mirrors................ 342
• Power outlet.................. 343
• USB charging ports....... 344
• Wireless charger........... 346
• Armrest ......................... 355
• Assist grips ................... 355
• Coat hooks.................... 356
Garage door opener.......... 357
322
AVALON_U
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature setting, press “ ” on (driver’s
side) to increase the temperature and press “ ” on
(driver’s side) to decrease the temperature.
If is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air or
heated air.
The air conditioning system switches between individual and synchro-
nized modes each time is pressed.
Synchronized mode (indicator on):
The driver’s side can be used to adjust the temperature for the
driver’s and front passenger’s side. To enter individual mode, operate
the front passenger’s side .
Individual mode (indicator off):
The temperature for the driver’s and front passenger’s side can be
adjusted separately.
Automatic air conditioning system
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
323
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
■
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, press to increase the fan speed
and to decrease the fan speed.
Press to turn the fan off.
■
Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow mode,
press .
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
Press .
The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature set-
ting.
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
■
Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated is maintained.
1
2
3
4
Using automatic mode
1
2
3
324
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
AVALON_U
■
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
■
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the outside air mode if
the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
■
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Other functions
325
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
■
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
■
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down.
Turn the knob to open or close the vent.
Air outlets
Front
Rear
1
2
326
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
AVALON_U
■ Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the
windshield effectively.
● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■ When driving on dusty roads
Close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehi-
cle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake mode be
set to outside air mode and the fan speed to any setting except off.
■ Outside/recirculated air mode
● Setting to the recirculated air mode temporarily is recommended in prevent-
ing dirty air from entering the vehicle interior and helping to cool the vehicle
when the outside air temperature is high.
● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
■ When the outside temperature is low
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.
327
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
● In the Eco drive mode, “ECO” is displayed on the air conditioning screen
and the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to prioritize fuel effi-
ciency:
• Engine speed and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/
cooling capacity
• Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
● To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
• Adjust the fan speed
• Turn off Eco drive mode
■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors
● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
■ Air conditioning filter
P. 412
■ Customization
Some functions can be customized. (P. 503)
328
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
● Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
■ To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror
defoggers are on.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
● Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
329
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
: If equipped
Heated steering wheel
/seat heaters/seat
ventilators
Heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips of the
steering wheel and seats, respectively. Seat ventilators maintain
good ventilation by pulling air through the seat upholstery.
WARNING
● Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the steering wheel and seats when the heater is on:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
● Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating:
• Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
• Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
NOTICE
● Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is
off.
330
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
AVALON_U
Turns the heated steering wheel
on/off
The indicator light comes on when
the heated steering wheel is oper-
ating.
The heated steering wheel can be used when the engine switch is in IGNI-
TION ON mode.
■
Front
Each time the switch is pressed, the operation condition changes as
follows.
Hi (3 segments lit) Mid (2 segments lit) Lo (1 segment lit) Off
The level indicator lights up during operation.
Heated steering wheel
Seat heaters
Without seat ventilators
With seat ventilators
331
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
5
Interior features
AVALON_U
■
Rear (if equipped)
Turns the heated rear seat on/off
The indicator light will illuminate
when the rear seat heater is oper-
ating.
The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in IGNITION ON
mode.
Each time the switch is pressed,
the operation condition changes
as follows.
Hi (3 segments lit) Mid (2 seg-
ments lit) Lo (1 segment lit)
Off
The level indicator lights up during
operation.
■ The seat ventilators can be used when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Air conditioning system-linked control mode
When a seat ventilator is set to Hi, the fan speed of the seat ventilator may
increase according to the fan speed of the air conditioning system
Seat ventilators
332
AVALON_U
5-2. Using the interior lights
Front interior/personal lights (P. 333)
Shift lever light
Ambient lights (if equipped) (P. 334)
Door courtesy lights
Rear personal lights (P. 333)
Footwell lights
Front center console light
Interior lights list
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
333
5-2. Using the interior lights
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
The rear personal lights turn on/off together with the interior light.
Turns the lights on/off linked to
door positions
Turns the lights on/off
■
Front
Turns the lights on/off
■
Rear
Turns the lights on/off
Interior light
1
2
Personal lights
334
5-2. Using the interior lights
AVALON_U
Each time the “MOOD” switch is
pressed, the brightness level
changes.
● Illuminated entry system:
The lights automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch mode,
the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked,
and whether the doors are open/closed.
● If the interior lights remain on when the engine switch is turned off, the lights
will go off automatically after 20 minutes.
● If any of the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) or in the event of a strong rear
impact, the interior lights will turn on automatically.
The interior lights will turn off automatically after approximately 20 minutes.
The interior lights can be turned off manually. However, in order to help pre-
vent further collisions, it is recommended that they be left on until safety can
be ensured.
(The interior lights may not turn on automatically depending on the force of
the impact and conditions of the collision.)
● Some functions can be customized. (P. 504)
Ambient lights (if equipped)
335
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
5-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
Auxiliary boxes (P. 339)
Glove box (P. 336)
Bottle holders/door pockets
(P. 337)
Cup holders (P. 338)
Console box (P. 336)
Auxiliary box/open tray
(P. 339, 340)
WARNING
● Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
• Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
• Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
● When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur
due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside.
1
2
3
4
5
6
336
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
Push the button to open the glove
box.
The glove box light turns on when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode.
Push the knob.
■ Console box tray
■ Console box light
The console box light turns on when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode.
Glove box
Console box
The tray can be removed.
337
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
● When storing a bottle, close the cap.
● The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
Bottle holders
Front
Rear
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glass or paper cups containing liquid. The contents may spill
and glass cups may break.
338
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
Cup holders
Front
Rear
Pull the armrest down.
WARNING
● Do not place any objects that fit loosely or are very tall in the cup holders,
otherwise they may fall out while driving, possibly leading to an accident.
● To prevent burns, cover hot drinks when placed in the cup holders.
339
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
■ When small items are placed on top of the tray (type C)
Auxiliary boxes
Type A (if equipped)
Type B
Push the lid. Pull the armrest down.
Type C
Opening:
Push the tray forward until it locks.
Closing:
Push the tray forward to release the lock and the tray will automati-
cally close.
The tray can be opened while small items
are placed on it.
340
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
■ When using wireless charger (if equipped)
P. 346
WARNING
■ Items unsuitable for storing (type A)
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
■ When opening or closing the tray (type C)
● To prevent damaging small items, when opening the tray while small items
are placed on it, make sure the items will not get caught.
● To prevent damaging the tray, do not pull the tray to close it. Doing so may
damage the tray.
● When on a steep downward incline, the tray may be slow to close auto-
matically. In this case, the tray can be pulled closed after pushing it to
release the lock.
Open tray
WARNING
Do not store items in the tray that can easily shift or roll out.
Failure to do so may cause items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of
sudden braking or steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with
pedal operation or cause driver distraction, resulting in an accident.
341
5-3. Using the storage features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
Trunk features
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hooks, do not apply too much load to the hooks.
Cargo net
342
AVALON_U
5-4. Other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
To use the side extender, place
the visor in the side position,
then slide it backward.
Open the cover to use.
The light turns on when the cover
is opened.
If the vanity lights remain on for 20 minutes while the engine is off, the lights
will turn off automatically.
Other interior features
Sun visors
1
2
3
Vanity mirrors
343
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
Please use as a power supply for electronic goods that use less than
12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
Open the lid.
■ The power outlet can be used when
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ When turning the engine switch off
Disconnect electrical devices with charging functions, such as mobile battery
packs.
If such devices are left connected, the engine switch may not be turned off
normally.
Power outlet
NOTICE
● To avoid damaging the power outlet, close the power outlet lid when it is
not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short
circuit.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the power outlet longer than nec-
essary when the engine is not running.
344
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
The USB charging ports are used to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V
to external devices (power consumption of 10.5 W).
The USB charging ports are for charging only. They are not designed
for data transfer or other purposes.
Depending on the external device, it may not charge properly. Refer to
the manual included with the device before using a USB charging
port.
■
Using the USB charging ports
■ The USB charging ports can be used when
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ Situations in which the USB charging ports may not operate correctly
● If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V (10.5 W) is connected
● If a device designed to communicate with a personal computer, such as a
USB memory device, is connected
● If the connected external device is turned off (depending on device)
● If the temperature inside the vehicle is high, such as after the vehicle has
been parked in the sun
■ About connected external devices
Depending on the connected external device, charging may occasionally be
suspended and then start again. This is not a malfunction.
USB charging ports
Front
Rear
Open the console box lid and
open the lid.
Open the lid.
345
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
■ Cable pass through
● The cutouts on the console box rim allow
power cables to be passed through
when the console box lid is closed.
● An electronic device on the console box
tray can be recharged by running power
cables through the clearance of the tray
and connecting it to the USB charging
ports underneath the tray.
To prevent damage to the charging
port of an electronic device when it is
placed on the tray while it is being
charged, place the connector side of
the device on the raised portions near
the cutout.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the USB charging ports
● Do not insert foreign objects into the ports.
● Do not spill water or other liquids into the ports.
● When the USB charging ports are not in use, close the lids. If a foreign
object or liquid enters a port may cause a short circuit.
● Do not apply excessive force to or impact the USB charging ports.
● Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging ports.
■ To prevent damage to external devices
● Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature inside the
vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an external device.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary force to an external device or
the cable of an external device while it is connected.
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the USB charging ports for a long period of time with the engine
stopped.
346
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
A portable device, such as a smartphone or mobile battery, can be
charged by just placing it on the charging area, provided the device is
compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard created by the
Wireless Power Consortium.
The wireless charger cannot be used with a portable device that is
larger than the charging area. Additionally, depending on the portable
device, the wireless charger may not operate properly. Refer to the
operation manual of the portable device.
■
The “Qi” symbol
The “Qi” symbol is a trademark of the Wireless Power Consortium.
■
Name for all parts
Power supply switch
Operation indicator light
Charge area
Wireless charger (if equipped)
1
2
3
347
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
■
Using the wireless charger
Push the open tray forward
until it locks. (P. 339)
Press the power supply
switch of the wireless char-
ger.
Pressing the switch again turns
the wireless charger off.
When turned on, the operation
indicator light (green) comes on.
When the engine switch is turned off, the on/off state of the wireless
charger will be memorized.
Place a portable device on
the charging area with its
charging surface facing
down.
While charging, the operation
indicator light (orange) will be
illuminated.
If charging does not begin,
move the portable device as
close to the center of the
charging area as possible.
When charging is complete, the operation indicator light (green) will illu-
minate.
● Recharging function
• If a certain amount of time has elapsed since charging com-
pleted and the portable device has not been moved, the wire-
less charger will restart charging.
• If the portable device is moved within the charging area,
charging will stop temporarily then restart.
1
2
3
348
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
■
Operation indicator light status
*: Depending on the portable device, the operation indicator light may stay
illuminated (orange) after charging has completed.
● If the operation indicator light blinks
If an error is detected, the operation indicator light will blink
(orange). Take the appropriate measures according to the table
below.
Operation indicator light State
Off The Wireless charger is off
Green (illuminated)
Standby (charging is possible)
Charging is complete*
Orange (illuminated)
A portable device has been placed on the
charging area (identifying the portable
device)
Charging in progress
Operation indicator light Suspected causes Measure
Blinks (orange) at a
one second interval
continuously
Vehicle to charger com-
munication failure.
Contact your Toyota
dealer.
Blinks (orange) 3 times
repeatedly
A foreign object exists
between the portable
device and charging
area.
Remove the foreign
object.
Portable device is not
positioned properly on
the charging area.
Move the portable
device toward the cen-
ter of the charging
area.
Blinks (orange) 4 times
repeatedly
The temperature of the
wireless charger is
excessively high.
Stop charging immedi-
ately and continue
charging after a while.
349
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
■ The wireless charger can be operated when
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ Portable devices that can be charged
● Portable devices compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard can be
charged by the wireless charger. However, compatibility with all devices
which meet the Qi wireless charging standard is not guaranteed.
● The wireless charger is designed to supply low power electricity (5 W or
less) to a cellular phone, smartphone, or other portable device.
■ If a cover or accessory is attached to the portable device
Do not charge a portable device if a cover or accessory which is not Qi com-
patible is attached. Depending on the type of cover and/or accessory
attached, it may not be possible to charge the portable device. If the portable
device is placed on the charging area and does not charge, remove the cover
and/or accessories.
■ If interference is heard in AM radio broadcasts while charging
Turn off the wireless charger and check if the noise is reduced. If noise is
reduced, press and hold the power supply switch of the wireless charger for 2
seconds. The frequency of the wireless charger is changed and noise may be
reduced. When the frequency is changed, the operation indicator light will
blink (orange) 2 times.
■ Charging precautions
● If the electronic key cannot be detected in the cabin, charging cannot be
performed. When a door is opened and closed, charging may be temporarily
suspended.
● While charging, the wireless charger and the portable device will become
warm. This is not a malfunction.
If a portable device becomes warm while charging and charging stops due
to the protection function of the portable device, wait until the portable
device cools down and charge it again.
■ Sound generated during operation
When the power supply switch is turned on or while a portable device is being
identified, operation sounds may be heard. This is not a malfunction.
■ Cleaning the wireless charger
P. 370
350
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
■ Certification for the wireless charger
351
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
352
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
353
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
When charging a portable device while driving, for safety reasons, the driver
should not operate the portable device.
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators, as well as
any other electrical medical device, should consult their physician about the
usage of the wireless charger.
Operations of the wireless charger may have an affect on medical devices.
■ To prevent damage or burns
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the possibility of fire, equipment failure or
damage, or burns due to heat.
● Do not put any metallic objects between the charging area and the porta-
ble device while charging.
● Do not attach metallic objects, such as aluminum stickers, to the charging
area.
● Do not cover the wireless charger with a cloth or other object while
charging.
● Do not attempt to charge portable devices which are not compatible with
the Qi wireless charging standard.
● Do not disassemble, modify or remove the wireless charger.
● Do not apply force or impact to the wireless charger.
354
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ Conditions in which the wireless charger may not operate correctly
In the following situations, the wireless charger may not operate correctly:
● When a portable device is fully charged
● When there is a foreign object between the charging area and portable
device
● When a portable device becomes hot while charging
● When a portable device is placed on the wireless area with its charging
surface facing up
● When a portable device is not centered on the charging area
● When the vehicle is near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station,
radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong
radio waves or electrical noise
● When the portable device is in contact with, or is covered by any of the fol-
lowing metallic objects:
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Metal hand warmers
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
● When wireless keys (that emit radio waves) other than those of your vehi-
cle are being used nearby.
If in situations other than above the wireless charger does not operate prop-
erly or the operation indicator light is blinking, the wireless charger may be
malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ To prevent failure or damage to data
● Do not bring magnetic cards, such as a credit card, or magnetic recording
media, close to the wireless charger while charging. Otherwise, data may
be erased due to the influence of magnetism.
Additionally, do not bring precision instruments such as wrist watches,
close to the wireless charger, as such objects may malfunction.
● Do not leave portable devices in the cabin. The temperature inside the
cabin may become high when parked in the sun, and cause damage to the
device.
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the wireless charger for a long period of time with the engine
stopped.
355
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
Fold down the armrest for use.
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
Armrest
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the arm-
rest.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not put a heavy load on the assist
grip.
356
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
Coat hooks are provided on the
rear assist grips.
Coat hooks
WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
357
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
The HomeLink
®
wireless control system in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming methods on the following pages to determine the
method which is appropriate for the device.
HomeLink
®
indicator light
Garage door operation indica-
tors
HomeLink
®
icon
Illuminates while HomeLink
®
is
operating.
Buttons
■
Before programming the HomeLink
®
● During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or
other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that peo-
ple and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to
prevent injury or other potential harm.
● It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote
control transmitter for more accurate programming.
● Garage door opener motors manufactured after 1995 may be
equipped with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you may
need a stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the
“Learn” or “Smart” button on the garage door opener motor.
Garage door opener
: If equipped
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems,
security systems, and other devices.
HomeLink
®
1
2
3
4
358
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
■
Programming the HomeLink
®
Steps through must be performed within 60 seconds, other-
wise the indicator light will stop flashing and programming will not
be able to be completed.
Press and release the HomeLink
®
button you want to program
and check that the HomeLink
®
indicator light flashes orange.
Point the remote control
transmitter for the device at
the rear view mirror, 1 to 3 in.
(25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink
®
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink
®
indicator
light in view while programming.
Program a device.
Programming a device other than an entry gate (for U.S.A.
owners)
Press and hold the remote control transmitter button until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light changes from slowly flashing orange to
rapidly flashing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green
(fixed code), then release the button.
Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming
a device in the Canadian market
Press and release the remote control transmitter button at 2 sec-
ond intervals, repeatedly, until the HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green
(rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code).
1 3
1
2
3
359
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
Test the HomeLink
®
operation by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button and observing the indicator light:
● Indicator light illuminates: Programming of a fixed code device
has completed. The garage door or other device should operate
when a HomeLink
®
button is pressed and released.
● Indicator light flashes rapidly: The garage door opener motor or
other device is equipped with a rolling code. To complete pro-
gramming, firmly press and hold the HomeLink
®
button for 2 sec-
onds then release it.
● If the garage door or other device does not operate, proceed to
“Programming a rolling code system”.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the
remaining HomeLink
®
buttons.
■
Programming a rolling code system
2 or more people may be necessary to complete rolling code pro-
gramming.
Locate the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door
opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire
is attached to the unit. The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
Refer to the Owner’s manual
supplied with the garage door
opener motor for details.
Press and release the
“Learn” or “Smart” button.
Perform within 30 sec-
onds after performing .
4
5
1
2
3
2
360
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button (inside the
vehicle) for 2 seconds and
release it. Repeat this
sequence (press/hold/
release) up to 3 times to
complete programming.
If the garage door opener
motor operates when the
HomeLink
®
button is
pressed, the garage door
opener motor recognizes the
HomeLink
®
signal.
■
Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail-
able for compatible devices)
When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the sta-
tus of the opening and closing of a garage door through indicators
in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener
motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility,
refer to www.HomeLink.com.)
Within 5 seconds after programming the garage door opener has
been completed, if the garage door opener motor is trained to
HomeLink
®
, both garage door operation indicators will flash rap-
idly green and the light on the garage door opener motor will
blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is enabled.
If the indicators do not flash, perform and within the first 10
presses of the HomeLink
®
button after programming has been
completed.
Press a programmed HomeLink
®
button to operate a garage
door.
Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink
®
button, after the
garage door operation has stopped, press the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the
establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door
opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will
flash rapidly green and the light on the garage door opener motor
will blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is enabled.
3
1
2 3
2
3
361
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
■
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button
When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already
have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink
®
button.
When the HomeLink
®
indicator starts flashing orange, continue
to hold the HomeLink
®
button and perform “Programming the
HomeLink
®
” (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink
®
indicator
to start flashing).
Press the appropriate HomeLink
®
button. The HomeLink
®
indicator
light should turn on.
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown
by the indicators.
Opening
Closing
This function is only available if the
garage door opener motor used is
a compatible device. (To check
device compatibility, refer to
www.HomeLink.com.)
The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of
the garage door. However, if there are obstructions between the
garage door and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback
signals from the garage door may not be received. To recall the pre-
vious door operation status, press and release either HomeLink
®
buttons and or and simultaneously.
The last recorded status will be displayed for 3 seconds.
Operating the HomeLink
®
Garage door operation indicators
1
2
1
1
2
Color Status
Orange (flashing) Currently opening/closing
Green Opening/closing has completed
Red (flashing) Feedback signals cannot be received
362
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
Press and hold the 2 outside but-
tons for 10 seconds until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from continuously lit
orange to rapidly flashing green.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink
®
memory.
■ Codes stored in the HomeLink
®
memory
● The registered codes are not erased even if the battery cable is discon-
nected.
● If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink
®
button
that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code will not
be erased.
■ Before programming
● Install a new battery in the transmitter.
● The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink
®
.
■ Certification for the garage door opener
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
Erasing the entire HomeLink
®
memory (all three codes)
363
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
5
Interior features
For vehicles sold in Canada
■ When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com/toyota or call 1-800-355-3515.
WARNING
■ When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door or other device may operate, so ensure people and
objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
■ Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink
®
compatible transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards. This includes any garage door that cannot detect
an interfering object. A door or device without these features increases the
risk of death or serious injury.
■ When operating or programming HomeLink
®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink
®
buttons.
364
5-4. Other interior features
AVALON_U
365
6
Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 366
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 369
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 372
General maintenance........ 374
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 378
6-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 379
Hood ................................. 381
Positioning a floor jack...... 382
Engine compartment......... 383
Tires .................................. 393
Tire inflation pressure ....... 407
Wheels.............................. 410
Air conditioning filter.......... 412
Electronic key battery........ 414
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 416
Light bulbs......................... 419
366
AVALON_U
6-1. Maintenance and care
● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
● Wipe away any water.
● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
■ Automatic car washes
● Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of
the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle's paint.
● Vehicles with a rear spoiler: In certain automatic car washes, the rear spoiler
may interfere with machine operation. This may prevent the vehicle from
being cleaned properly or result in damage to the rear spoiler.
■ High pressure car washes
As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the gaps
around the doors or perimeter of the windows, or spray these areas continu-
ously.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
367
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
■ When using a car wash
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
● Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
● Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys-
tem. (P. 137)
■ Aluminum wheels
● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
● Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
● To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following pre-
cautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes
• Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driv-
ing or parking in hot weather
■ Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
■ Plated portions
If dirt cannot be removed, clean the parts as follows:
● Use a soft cloth dampened with an approximately 5% solution of neutral
detergent and water to clean the dirt off.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture.
● To remove oily deposits, use alcohol wet wipes or a similar product.
WARNING
■ When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components, etc. to catch fire.
■ Precautions regarding the exhaust pipes
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipes to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipes until it has
cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipes can cause burns.
■ Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal-
function. If this occurs, avoid using the system and consult your Toyota
dealer.
368
6-1. Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels, etc.)
● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■ Cleaning the exterior lights
● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
● Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■ When using a high pressure car wash
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they
come into contact with high-pressure water.
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
• Brake parts.
● Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicle
body. Otherwise resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be
deformed and damaged. Also, do not continuously hold the nozzle in the
same place.
● Do not spray the lower part of the windshield continuously. If water enters
the air conditioning system intake located near the lower part of the wind-
shield, the air conditioning system may not operate correctly.
369
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
● If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
● Remove dirt using a soft cloth or synthetic chamois dampened in a
baking soda (sodium bicarbonate) solution.
Use a solution of approximately 9% baking soda dissolved in water.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the areas with satin-finish metal accents
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
370
6-1. Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
■ Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle's interior.
■ Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
■ Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
■ Water in the vehicle
● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components, etc., to malfunction or catch
fire.
● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 38)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Vehicles with wireless charger:
Do not let the wireless charger (P. 346) get wet. Failure to do so may
cause the charger to become hot and cause burns or could cause electric
shock resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
371
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ Cleaning detergents
● Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Areas other than the seats and steering wheel: Organic substances
such as benzene or gasoline, alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and
bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
hol
• Steering wheel: Organic substances, such as thinner, and cleaner that
contains alcohol
● Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■ Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■ When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(P. 220)
■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window
● Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth
dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the
window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
372
AVALON_U
6-2. Maintenance
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, refer to the separate “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main-
tenance:
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
373
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■ Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
■ Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the message.
To reset the message, perform the following procedure:
Select on the multi-information display using the meter control switches
on the steering wheel. (P. 100)
Select and then press and hold .
Select “Scheduled Maintenance” and then press .
Select “Yes” and then press .
A message will be displayed on the multi-information display when the
reset procedure has been completed.
■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.
WARNING
■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible death or serious injury.
■ Important health and safety information
● Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
● Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
● Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (P. 390)
1
2
3
4
5
374
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connections. (P. 390)
Brake fluid
Is the brake fluid at the correct
level? (P. 389)
Engine coolant
Is the engine coolant at the correct
level? (P. 387)
Engine oil
Is the engine oil at the correct level?
(P. 384)
Exhaust system
There should not be any fumes or
strange sounds.
Radiator/condenser
The radiator and condenser should
be free from foreign objects.
(P. 388)
Washer fluid
Is there sufficient washer fluid?
(P. 392)
375
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
• The accelerator pedal should
move smoothly (without uneven
pedal effort or catching).
Automatic transmission “Park”
mechanism
• When parked on a slope and the
shift lever is in P, is the vehicle
securely stopped?
Brake pedal
• Does the brake pedal move
smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appro-
priate clearance from the floor?
(P. 478)
• Does the brake pedal have the
correct amount of free play?
(P. 478)
Brakes
• The vehicle should not pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effec-
tively.
• The brake pedal should not feel
spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get
too close to the floor when the
brakes are applied.
Head restraints (adjustable type)
• Do the head restraints move
smoothly and lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Do the indicators and buzzers
function properly?
Lights • Do all the lights come on?
Parking brake
• Does the parking brake operate
normally?
• When parked on a slope and the
parking brake is on, is the vehicle
securely stopped?
376
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
Seat belts
• Do the seat belts operate
smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be dam-
aged.
Seats
• Do the seat controls operate prop-
erly?
Steering wheel
• Does the steering wheel rotate
smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the
correct amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange
sounds coming from the steering
wheel.
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Items Check points
Doors/trunk
• Do the doors/trunk operate
smoothly?
Engine hood
• Does the engine hood lock system
work properly?
Fluid leaks
• There should not be any signs of
fluid leakage after the vehicle has
been parked.
Tires
• Is the tire inflation pressure cor-
rect?
• The tires should not be dam-
aged or excessively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated
according to the maintenance
schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be
loose.
Windshield wipers
• The wiper blades should not show
any signs of cracking, splitting,
wear, contamination or deforma-
tion.
• The wiper blades should clear the
windshield without streaking or
skipping.
377
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■ If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per-
forming maintenance checks.
378
6-2. Maintenance
AVALON_U
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
● When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
● When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary
malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehi-
cle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after sev-
eral driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
379
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(P. 390)
• Warm water • Baking soda • Grease
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level
(P. 389)
• SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant
level (P. 387)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant)
Engine oil level
(P. 384)
• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P. 416) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Radiator/con-
denser (
P. 388)
Tire inflation
pressure
(P. 407)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(P. 392)
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
380
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
■ When working on the engine compartment
● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
● Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
● Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
■ When working near the electric cooling fan or radiator grille
Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in IGNITION ON
mode, the electric cooling fan may automatically start to run if the air condi-
tioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (P. 388)
■ Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE
■ If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
381
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
■ Open hood warning buzzer
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h), the master warning light
flashes and a buzzer sounds to indicate that the hood is not fully closed.
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
WARNING
■ Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
382
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
◆
Front
◆
Rear
Positioning a floor jack
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
383
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Engine compartment
Fuse boxes (if equipped)
(P. 416)
Engine oil filler cap (P. 385)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 384)
Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 389)
Battery (P. 390)
Radiator (P. 388)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 388)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 387)
Washer fluid tank (P. 392)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
384
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
■
Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine
and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain
back into the bottom of the engine.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out and
check the oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may
differ depending on the type of
vehicle or engine.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Engine oil
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
6
385
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as that
already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
■ Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
● When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
● If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
● When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, or when driving
while accelerating or decelerating frequently
● When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
Engine oil selection P. 475
Oil quantity
(Low Full)
1.9 qt. (1.8 L, 1.6 lmp. qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
386
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ Used engine oil
● Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
● Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
● Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
■ To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
■ When replacing the engine oil
● Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
● Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
● Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
● Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
387
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“F” line
“L” line
If the level is on or below the “L”
line, add coolant up to the “F” line.
(P. 466)
■ Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F [-35C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -44F [-42C])
For more details about engine coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
Engine coolant
1
2
3
388
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap or the radiator cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
389
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
“MAX”
“MIN”
■
Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi-
ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
Brake fluid
1
2
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 brake fluid
Item Clean funnel
WARNING
■ When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
■ If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
390
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Check the battery as follows.
■
Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
■ Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
● If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
■ After recharging/reconnecting the battery
● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme-
diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless
remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
● Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will
operate normally from the second attempt.
● The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon-
nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in
before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine
before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when connecting the bat-
tery if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Battery
1
2
391
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■ Chemicals in the battery
Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the
battery:
● Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
● Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
● Keep children away from the battery.
■ Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
● If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
● If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
● If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
■ When disconnecting the battery
Do not disconnect the negative (-) terminal on the body side. The discon-
nected negative (-) terminal may touch the positive (+) terminal, which may
cause a short and result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
392
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Add washer fluid in the following
situations:
● A washer does not work.
● “Windshield Washer Fluid Low”
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display.
Washer fluid
WARNING
■ When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.
NOTICE
■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
■ Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
393
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “
” mark,
etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that
tire rotation is carried out at the
same interval as tire inspection.
Do not fail to initialize the tire
pressure warning system after
tire rotation.
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
Tire rotation
1
2
3
Front
394
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valve and transmitters to detect low tire inflation
pressure before serious problems arise.
● The tire pressure detected by
the tire pressure warning sys-
tem can be displayed on the
multi-information display.
● If the tire pressure drops below
a predetermined level, the
driver is warned by a screen
display and a warning light.
(
P. 434
)
Tire pressure warning system
395
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
◆
Installing tire pressure warning valve and transmitters
When replacing the tires or wheels, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitters must be installed to the wheels which will be
installed to the vehicle.
When new tire pressure warning valve and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. (P. 396)
◆
Initializing the tire pressure warning system
■
The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
● When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when chang-
ing traveling speed or load weight.
● When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when the tire
size is changed.
● When rotating the tires.
● After performing the transmitter ID code registration procedure.
(P. 396)
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
■
How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch off.
The initialization procedure cannot be started while the vehicle is
moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (P. 478)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
Start the engine. (P. 184)
Select on the multi-information display using the meter con-
trol switches on the steering wheel. (P. 100)
Select and then press and hold .
Select “TPWS” and then press .
1
2
3
4
5
6
396
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Select “Set Pressure” then
press and hold until
the tire pressure warning
light blinks 3 times.
Then a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
“---” will be displayed on the
multi-information display for
the inflation pressure of each
tire while initialization is being
performed.
Drive straight (with occasional left and right turns) at approxi-
mately 25 mph (40 km/h) or more for approximately 10 to 30 min-
utes.
Initialization is complete when the position of each tire is determined
and the inflation pressure of each tire is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display.
Initialization may take longer than approximately 1 hour in certain
situations, such as when the vehicle is stopped for a long time at
traffic lights, etc. (P. 401)
◆
Registering ID codes
Every tire pressure warning valve and transmitter has a unique ID
code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter,
it is necessary to register the ID codes.
The ID codes can be registered on of the multi-information dis-
play.
7
8
397
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
How to register the ID codes
Select on the multi-information display using the meter con-
trol switches on the steering wheel. (P. 100)
Select and then press and hold .
Select “TPWS” and then press .
Select “Change Wheel” then
press and hold until
the tire pressure warning
light blinks slowly 3 times.
Then a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
When registration is being per-
formed, the tire pressure warn-
ing light will blink for
approximately 1 minute then
illuminate and “---” will be dis-
played for the inflation pres-
sure of each tire on the multi-
information display.
Drive straight (with occasional left and right turns) at approxi-
mately 25 mph (40 km/h) or more for approximately 10 to 30 min-
utes.
Registration is complete when the tire pressure warning light turns
off and the inflation pressure of each tire is displayed on the multi-
information display.
Registration may take longer than approximately 1 hour in certain
situations, such as when the vehicle is stopped for a long time at
traffic lights, etc. (P. 403)
After registering the ID codes, make sure to initialize the tire pres-
sure warning system. (P. 395)
1
2
3
4
5
398
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
■
When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
●
The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
●
You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
●
A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■
Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID codes of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters are not
registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. In this
case, after driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light will
blink for approximately 1 minute and then illuminate to indicate a system
malfunction.
■
Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■
Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
■
Low profile tires (vehicles with 18 or 19-inch wheels)
Generally, low profile tires will wear more rapidly and tire grip perfor-
mance will be reduced on snowy and/or icy roads when compared to
standard tires. Be sure to use snow tires on snowy and/or icy roads and
drive carefully at a speed appropriate for road and weather conditions.
■
Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2
of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the
rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (P. 484)
399
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
Tire types
●
Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-
ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
●
All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
●
Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (P. 316)
■
If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
■
Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-
ate properly
●
In the following situations, the tire pressure warning system may not
operate properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• If a tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original
Equipment) tire.
• If a tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• If tire chains, etc. are installed.
• If a window tint that affects radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is much higher than the specified level.
• If wheels not equipped with tire pressure warning valve and transmit-
ter are used.
• If the ID codes of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters are
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
400
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
●
Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• When driving near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio
station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong
radio waves or electrical noise
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device
If tire position information is not correctly displayed due to the radio
wave conditions, the display may be corrected by changing the location
of the vehicle as the radio wave conditions may change.
●
When the vehicle is stopped, the time taken for the warning to start or
turn off may be longer.
●
When the inflation pressure of a tire drops rapidly, for example when a
tire has burst, the warning may not operate.
■
Initialization procedure
●
Make sure to perform the initialization procedure after adjusting the tire
inflation pressure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before performing the initialization
procedure or adjusting the tire inflation pressure.
●
If the engine switch is turned off during initialization, it is not necessary
to restart the initialization procedure from the beginning as it will begin
automatically when the engine switch is turned back to IGNITION ON
mode.
●
If initialization has accidentally been started when it is not necessary,
adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires are
cold and then perform the initialization procedure again.
●
While the position of each tire is being determined and the inflation pres-
sures are not being displayed on the multi-information display, if the
inflation pressure of a tire drops, the tire pressure warning light will come
on.
■
Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accor-
dance with the conditions under which it was initialized. For this reason,
the system may give a warning even if the tire pressure does not reach a
low enough level, or if the pressure is higher than the pressure that was
adjusted to when the system was initialized.
401
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
If the tire pressure warning system is not initialized properly
●
In the following situations, initialization may take longer than usual to be
completed or may not be possible. (Usually, the vehicle will need to be
driven for approximately 10 to 30 minutes to complete initialization.)
If initialization is not complete after driving approximately 30 minutes,
continue driving for a while.
• If the vehicle is driven on an unpaved road, it may take longer to com-
plete initialization.
• If the vehicle is backed up while performing initialization, data col-
lected during initialization will be cleared and it will take longer than
normal to complete.
• If the vehicle is driven in heavy traffic or another situation where other
vehicles are driven close by, it may take time for the system to recog-
nize the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters of your vehicle
over those of other vehicles.
If initialization is not complete after driving for approximately 1 hour,
park the vehicle in a safe place for approximately 20 minutes and then
drive the vehicle again.
●
In the following situations, initialization will not be started or was not
completed properly and the system will not operate properly. Perform
the initialization procedure again.
• If, when attempting to start initialization, the tire pressure warning light
does not blink 3 times.
• If, when the vehicle has been driven for about 20 minutes after per-
forming initialization, the tire pressure warning light blinks for approxi-
mately 1 minute and then illuminates.
●
If initialization cannot be completed after performing the above proce-
dure, contact your Toyota dealer.
402
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
■
When registering ID codes
●
Before performing ID code registration, make sure that no wheels with
tire pressure warning valve and transmitters installed are near the vehi-
cle.
●
Make sure to initialize the tire pressure warning system after registering
the ID codes. If the system is initialized before registering the ID codes,
the initialized values will be invalid.
●
As the tires will be warm when registration is completed, make sure to
allow the tires to cool before performing initialization.
■
Canceling ID code registration
●
To cancel ID code registration after it has been started, turn the engine
switch off before driving the vehicle.
If the vehicle is driven after ID code registration is started, to cancel reg-
istration, perform the ID code registration start procedure again and turn
the engine switch off before driving.
●
If ID code registration has been canceled, the tire pressure warning light
will blink for approximately 1 minute when the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode and then illuminate. The tire pressure warning sys-
tem will be operational when the tire pressure warning light turns off.
●
If the warning light does not turn off even after several minutes have
elapsed, ID code registration may not have been cancelled correctly. To
cancel registration, perform the ID code registration start procedure
again and then turn the engine switch off before driving.
403
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
If ID codes are not registered properly
●
In the following situations, ID code registration may take longer than
usual to be completed or may not be possible. (Usually, the vehicle will
need to be driven for approximately 10 to 30 minutes to complete ID
code registration.)
If ID code registration is not complete after driving for approximately 30
minutes, continue driving for a while.
• If the vehicle is driven on an unpaved road, it may take longer than
normal to complete registration.
• If the vehicle is backed up while performing registration, data col-
lected during registration will be cleared, and it will take longer than
normal to complete.
• If the vehicle is driven in heavy traffic or another situation where other
vehicles are driven close by, it may take time for the system to recog-
nize the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters of your vehicle
over those of other vehicles.
• If a wheel with a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter installed
is inside or near the vehicle, registration of the ID codes for the
installed wheels may not be possible.
If ID registration is not complete after driving for approximately 1 hour,
park the vehicle in a safe place for approximately 20 minutes and then
perform the ID code registration procedure again.
●
In the following situations, ID code registration will not be started or was
not completed properly and the system will not operate properly. Per-
form the ID code registration procedure again.
• If, when attempting to start ID code registration, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink slowly 3 times.
• If, when the vehicle has been driven for about 20 minutes after per-
forming ID code registration, the tire pressure warning light blinks for
approximately 1 minute and then illuminates.
●
If ID code registration cannot be completed after performing the above
procedure, contact your Toyota dealer.
404
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
■
Tire pressure warning system certification
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: PAXPMVE000
For vehicles sold in Canada
Model: PMV-E000
405
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■
When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
●
Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
●
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
●
Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
●
Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
●
Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
■
When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not initialize the tire pressure warning system without first adjusting
the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pres-
sure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is
low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually nor-
mal.
406
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■
Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valve
and transmitters and tire valve caps
●
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitters may be damaged if not handled cor-
rectly.
●
Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water may enter the valves of the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitters and the valves may become stuck.
●
When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valve and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 395)
■
Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
■
Low profile tires (vehicles with 18 or 19-inch wheels)
Low profile tires may cause greater damage than usual to the tire wheel
when sustaining impact from the road surface. Therefore, pay attention
to the following:
●
Be sure to use proper tire inflation pressure. If tires are under-inflated,
they may be damaged more severely.
●
Avoid potholes, uneven pavement, curbs and other road hazards. Fail-
ure to do so may lead to severe tire and wheel damage.
■
If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
407
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
The recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressure and tire size are dis-
played on the tire and loading
information label. (P. 478)
Tire inflation pressure
Tire inflation pressure
408
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust
the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and
adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
■
Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
■
Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
●
Reduced fuel economy
●
Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
●
Reduced tire life due to wear
●
Reduced safety
●
Damage to the drivetrain
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Inspection and adjustment procedure
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
409
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
●
Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
●
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
●
It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as
heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after
driving.
●
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
WARNING
■
Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
●
Excessive wear
●
Uneven wear
●
Poor handling
●
Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
●
Air leaking from between tire and wheel
●
Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
●
Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
■
When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
410
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*
.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*
: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
● Wheels of different sizes or types
● Used wheels
● Bent wheels that have been straightened
● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
● Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
■
When replacing wheels
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning valve
and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide
advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure. When-
ever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valve and transmitters
must be installed. (P. 395)
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions
411
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■
When replacing wheels
●
Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
●
Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
■
When installing the wheel nuts
●
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
NOTICE
■
Replacing tire pressure warning valve and transmitters
●
Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valve and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valve and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
●
Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valve and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
●
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
Tapered
portion
412
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box and
remove the glove box cover
inside the glove box.
Remove the filter cover.
Unlock the filter cover.
Move the filter cover in the
direction of the arrow, and
then pull it out of the claws.
Remove the filter case.
There may be foreign objects on
top of the air conditioning filter.
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
1
2
4
413
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter from the filter case and
replace it with a new one.
The “UP” marks shown on the fil-
ter and the filter case should be
pointing up.
■ Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Schedule maintenance guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
■ Air conditioning filter with deodorizing function
When fragrances are placed in your vehicle, the deodorizing effect may
become significantly weakened in a short period.
When an air conditioning odor comes out continuously, replace the air condi-
tioning filter.
5
NOTICE
■ When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
■ To prevent damage to the filter cover
When moving the filter cover in the direc-
tion of arrow to release the fitting, pay
attention not to apply excessive force to
the claws. Otherwise, the claws may be
damaged.
414
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
● Flathead screwdriver
● Small flathead screwdriver
● Lithium battery CR2032
Release the lock and remove
the mechanical key.
Remove the key cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
Remove the depleted battery
using a small flathead screw-
driver.
When removing the cover, the
electronic key module may stick to
the cover and the battery may not
be visible. In this case, remove the
electronic key module in order to
remove the battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up.
When installing the key cover and mechanical key, install by con-
ducting and with the directions reversed.
Electronic key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
3
4
2 1
415
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Operate the or switch and check that the doors can
be locked/unlocked.
■ When replacing the key battery
Be careful not to lose the battery or any other small parts.
■ Use a CR2032 lithium battery
● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■ If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
● The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function properly.
● The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
■ Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
■ For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
● Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
● Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
5
416
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
Engine compartment (type A)
Engine compartment (type B)
(if equipped)
Push the tabs in and lift the lid off. Push the tabs in and lift the lid
off.
Under the driver’s side instru-
ment panel
Remove the lid.
Make sure to push the claw when
removing/installing the lid.
417
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuses can be removed
using the pullout tool.
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
3
4
Type A
Type B
Type C
1
2
418
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
■ After a fuse is replaced
● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (P. 419)
● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
WARNING
■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
■ Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
419
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
6
Maintenance and care
■ LED lights
The lights consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
● Water has built up inside the headlight.
Light bulbs
If any lights burn out, have it replaced by your Toyota dealer.
420
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
AVALON_U
421
7
When trouble arises
AVALON_U
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 422
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency ................. 423
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water.................. 424
7-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 425
If you think something is
wrong .............................. 428
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 429
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 430
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 440
If you have a flat tire.......... 445
If the engine will not
start................................. 457
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........ 459
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 462
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 466
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 469
422
AVALON_U
7-1. Essential information
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
■ Emergency flashers
● If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not
operating, the battery may discharge.
● If any of the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) or in the event of a strong rear
impact, the emergency flashers will turn on automatically.
The emergency flashers will turn off automatically after operating for approx-
imately 20 minutes. To manually turn the emergency flashers off, press the
switch twice.
(The emergency flashers may not turn on automatically depending on the
force of the impact and conditions of the collision.)
Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped on the road due to a breakdown, etc.
423
7-1. Essential information
7
When trouble arises
AVALON_U
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
To stop the engine, press and
hold the engine switch for 2
consecutive seconds or more,
or press it briefly 3 times or
more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or more
4
WARNING
■ If the engine has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
5
424
7-1. Essential information
AVALON_U
● Remove the seat belt first.
● If the door can be opened, open the door and exit the vehicle.
● If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power
window switch and exit the vehicle through the window.
● If the window can not be opened using the power window switch,
remain calm, wait until the water level inside the vehicle rises to the
point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water
pressure outside of the vehicle, and then open the door and exit the
vehicle.
If the vehicle is trapped in rising water
In the event the vehicle is submerged in water, remain calm and
perform the following.
WARNING
■ Using an emergency hammer* for emergency escape
The rear side windows and rear window of this vehicle can be shattered by
an emergency hammer
* used for emergency escape, however, since the
windshield and front side windows are laminated glass they can not be
shattered by an emergency hammer
*.
*: Contact your Toyota dealer or aftermarket accessory manufacturer for
further information about an emergency hammer.
■ Escaping the vehicle from the window
There are cases where escaping the vehicle from the window is not possi-
ble due to seating position, passenger body type, etc.
When using an emergency hammer, consider your seat location and the
size of the window opening to ensure that the opening is accessible and
large enough to escape.
425
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
● The engine is running but the vehicle does not move.
● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front
From the rear
Release the parking brake. Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
426
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
If your vehicle is transported by a
flatbed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in the
illustration.
Covers are installed to the tie-down
holes. After transporting the vehi-
cle, make sure to reinstall the cov-
ers to the holes.
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
Using a flatbed truck
Front
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When towing the vehicle
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the
front wheels raised or with all four wheels
raised off the ground. If the vehicle is
towed with the front wheels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related
parts may be damaged.
427
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
● Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is off. The
steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
● When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
428
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
● Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
● Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal
● Changes in exhaust sound
● Excessive tire squeal when cornering
● Strange noises related to the suspension system
● Pinging or other noises related to the engine
● Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
● Appreciable loss of power
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
429
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Turn the engine switch off.
Restart the engine.
Fuel pump shut off system
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
■ Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
430
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Red)
(Canada)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates that:
• The brake fluid level is low; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehi-
cle may be dangerous.
(Yellow)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the electric parking brake
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
High coolant temperature warning light (warning
buzzer)
*
1
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is too high
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method (P. 466)
Charging system warning light*
1
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
Low engine oil pressure warning light (warning
buzzer)
*
1
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
431
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system; or
• The electronic automatic transmission control system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
SRS warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
ABS warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Brake Override System/Drive-Start Control/Intelligent
Clearance Sonar warning light (warning buzzer)
*
1
When a buzzer sounds:
• Brake Override System is malfunctioning;
• Drive-Start Control is operating;
• Drive-Start Control is malfunctioning; or
• The Intelligent Clearance Sonar (if equipped) is operat-
ing (P. 284)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Brake Override System is operating
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake
pedal.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
432
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
(Flashes)
(U.S.A.)
(Flashes)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator (warning buzzer)*
2
It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or
released
Operate the parking brake once again.
This light comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully
released, the system is operating normally.
(Flashes)
Brake hold operated indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the brake hold system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Red/yellow)
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Amber)
LDA indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the LDA
When “LDA Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-
information display, turn the LDA system off, drive
the vehicle for a short time, and then turn the LDA
system back on. (P. 242)
When a message other than above is displayed, fol-
low the instructions displayed in the message.
(Flashes or
illuminates)
PCS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
or that the system is temporarily unavailable due to the
vehicle being extremely hot/cold, or dirt around a front
sensor, etc. (P. 236, 440)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (P. 236, 440)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu-
minate.
P. 237
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
433
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
(If equipped)
(Flashes)
ICS OFF indicator
When a buzzer sounds:
Indicates a malfunction in the Intelligent Clearance Sonar
system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the system is temporarily unavailable, possi-
bly due to a sensor being dirty or covered with ice, etc.
Clear the dirt, etc.
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system;
• The TRAC (Traction Control) system; or
• The ABS
The light will flash when the VSC or TRAC
system is oper-
ating.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.2 gal. (8.3
L, 1.6 Imp. gal.)
*
3
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.4 gal. (9.1
L, 2.0 Imp. gal.)
Refuel the vehicle.
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)
*
4
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (warning
buzzer)
*
5
Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts.
Fasten the seat belt.
Master warning light (warning buzzer)
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
P. 440
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
434
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
*
1
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
2
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately 3
mph (5 km/h) or more.
*
3
: Vehicles with 215/55R17 tires
*
4
: Driver’s seat belt buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat
belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON
mode, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle reaches a speed of
12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the seat belt is still unfas-
tened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 90 more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the
vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still unfas-
tened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 90 more seconds.
*
5
: Rear passenger’s seat belt buzzer:
The rear passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the rear passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the
vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still unfas-
tened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 30 more seconds.
Tire pressure warning light
Indicates the following:
• Low tire pressure due to flat tire;
• Low tire pressure due to natural causes; or
• The tire pressure warning system is malfunctioning
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method (P. 436)
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
435
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
■ SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (front), side
impact sensors (rear), driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors),
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, seat belt
pretensioners, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (P. 38)
■ Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
● If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
● If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
■ If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
● Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
● Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily
drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the
warning buzzer may sound.
436
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■
When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Inspect the tires to check if a tire is punctured.
If a tire is punctured: P. 445
If none of the tires are punctured:
Turn the engine switch off then turn it to IGNITION ON mode. Check if the
tire pressure warning light comes on or blinks.
If the tire pressure warning light comes on
After the temperature of the tires has lowered sufficiently, check the
inflation pressure of each tire and adjust them to the specified level.
If the warning light does not turn off even after several minutes have
elapsed, check that the inflation pressure of each tire is at the specified
level and perform initialization. (P. 395)
If the warning light does not turn off several minutes after the initialization
has been performed, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
If the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute then stays on
There may be a malfunction in the tire pressure warning system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by tem-
perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
■
When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not
turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire.
Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation
pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
■
Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly
P. 399
■ Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
1
2
437
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
WARNING
■ If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
■ When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is
restricted. When the light comes on red, the assist to the power steering is
lost and handling operations of the steering wheel become extremely
heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the
steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
■
If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
●
Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
●
If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
●
Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■
If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
438
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
WARNING
■
Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif-
ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi-
nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn-
ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-
minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
439
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
NOTICE
■
To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire
pressure warning system may not operate properly.
440
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
Multi-information display
Handling method
Follow the instructions of the message on the multi-information display.
If any of the warning messages are shown again after the appropriate
actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.
If a warning message is displayed
The multi-information display shows warnings of system mal-
functions, incorrectly performed operations, and messages that
indicate a need for maintenance. When a message is shown,
perform the correction procedure appropriate to the message.
1
2
3
441
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
The warning lights and warning buzzers operate as follows depending
on the content of the message. If a message indicates the need for
inspection by a dealer, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
The operation of the warning lights and warning buzzers may differ
from those stated. In this case, perform the correction procedure
according to the displayed message.
*: A buzzer sounds the first time a message is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display.
Messages and warnings
System
warning
light
Warning buzzer* Warning
Comes
on
Sounds
Indicates an important situation,
such as when a system related to
driving is malfunctioning or that
danger may result if the correction
procedure is not performed
Comes
on or
flashes
Sounds
Indicates an important situation,
such as when the systems shown
on the multi-information display
may be malfunctioning
Flashes Sounds
Indicates a situation, such as
when damage to the vehicle or
danger may result
Comes
on
Does not sound
Indicates a condition, such as mal-
function of electrical components,
their condition, or indicates the
need for maintenance
Flashes Does not sound
Indicates a situation, such as
when an operation has been per-
formed incorrectly, or indicates
how to perform an operation cor-
rectly
442
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■ Warning messages
The warning messages explained below may differ from the actual messages
according to operation conditions and vehicle specifications.
■ System warning lights
The master warning light does not come on or flash in the following cases.
Instead, a separate system warning light will come on along with a message
shown on the multi-information display.
● Malfunction in the ABS
The ABS warning light comes on. (P. 431)
● Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
The tire pressure warning light comes on. (P. 434)
● Remaining fuel level is low
The low fuel level warning light comes on. (P. 433)
■ If a message instructing to refer to the Owner’s Manual is displayed
● If the following messages are shown, there may be a malfunction.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
• “Low Braking Power Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Manual”
• “Oil Pressure Low Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Manual”
• “Charging System Malfunction Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Man-
ual”
● If the following message is shown, there may be a malfunction.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
• “Smart Key System Malfunction See Owner’s Manual”
● If “Engine Coolant Temp High Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Manual” is
displayed, follow the instructions accordingly. (P. 46 6 )
■ If “Shift to P Before Exiting Vehicle” is shown
Message is displayed when the driver’s door is opened without turning the
engine switch off with the shift lever in any position other than P.
Shift the shift lever to P.
■ If “Auto Power Off to Conserve Battery” is displayed
Power was turned off due to the automatic power off function.
Next time when starting the engine, increase the engine speed slightly and
maintain that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery.
443
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
■ If “A New Key has been Registered Contact Your Dealer for Details” is
displayed
This message will be displayed each time the driver’s door is opened when
the doors are unlocked from the outside for approximately one week after a
new electronic key has been registered.
If this message is displayed but you have not had a new electronic key regis-
tered, ask your Toyota dealer to check if an unknown electronic key (other
than those in your possession) has been registered.
■ When “Headlight System Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is displayed
The following systems may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
● The LED headlight system
● Automatic High Beam
■ “Front Camera Unavailable” or “Front Camera Unavailable Remove
Debris On Windshield” is displayed
The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown in the
message is resolved.
● PCS (Pre-Collision System)
● LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
● Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range
● Automatic High Beam
■ If “Maintenance Required Soon” is displayed
Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on the mainte-
nance schedule
* should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the message has been
reset.
If necessary, perform maintenance. Please reset the message after the main-
tenance is performed. (P. 373)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
■ If “Maintenance Required Visit Your Dealer” is displayed
Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance
on the maintenance schedule
*.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km) after the message has been
reset.
(The indicator will not work properly unless the message has been reset.)
Perform the necessary maintenance. Please reset the message after the
maintenance is performed. (P. 373)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
444
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■ If “Engine Oil Level Low Add or Replace” is displayed
The engine oil level may be low. Check the level of the engine oil, and add
engine oil if necessary. This message may be displayed if the vehicle is
stopped on a slope. Move the vehicle to a level surface and check if the mes-
sage disappears.
■ Warning buzzer
P. 436
NOTICE
■ If “High Power Consumption Power to Climate Temporarily Limited” is
frequently shown
There is a possible malfunction relating to the charging system or the bat-
tery may be deteriorating. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
445
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
● Set the parking brake.
● Shift the shift lever to P.
● Stop the engine.
● Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 422)
If you have a flat tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: P. 39 3
WARNING
■
If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
446
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Luggage floor cover
Wheel nut wrench
Jack
Spare tire
Jack handle
1
2
3
4
5
447
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
WARNING
■
Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
●
Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
●
Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
●
Put the jack properly in its jack point.
●
Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
●
Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup-
ported by the jack.
●
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
●
When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
●
Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
●
Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
●
When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
NOTICE
■
To prevent damage to the vehicle when using a jack
When jacking up the rear of the vehi-
cle, make sure not to position the jack
under the bracket shown in the illustra-
tion near the rear jack point, as the
vehicle body may be damaged.
448
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
Lift up the hook of the luggage
floor cover on the trunk floor.
Secure the luggage floor cover
using the hook provided.
Remove the jack.
Lift up the hook of the luggage
floor cover on the trunk floor.
Taking out the jack
1
2
3
Taking out the spare tire
1
449
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Secure the luggage floor cover
using the hook provided.
Remove the tool tray.
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
When taking out or stowing the
spare tire, make sure to firmly
hold opposite end of the tire.
2
3
4
WARNING
■
When storing the spare tire
Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare
tire and the body of the vehicle.
450
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
Chock the tires.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
To prevent damage to the vehicle
when using the jack, position the
jack in the correct location.
(P. 447)
The jack point guides are located
under the rocker panel. They
indicate the jack point positions.
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
451
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Assemble the jack handle.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
4
5
6
452
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
WARNING
■
Replacing a flat tire
●
Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around
the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet
or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
●
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (P. 4 11)
453
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
Tighten the wheel nuts until the
tapered portion comes into loose
contact with the disc wheel seat.
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
Installing the spare tire
1
2
Tapered portion
Disc wheel
seat
3
4
5
454
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■
The compact spare tire
●
The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
●
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(P. 478)
■
When using the compact spare tire
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light
remains on.
■
When the compact spare tire is equipped
When driving with the compact spare tire installed, the vehicle height will
be different than when driving with standard tires.
■
If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehi-
cle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
1
2
3
455
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
WARNING
■
When using the compact spare tire
●
Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire
on another vehicle.
●
Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously.
●
Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
●
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden engine braking.
■
When the compact spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys-
tems may not operate correctly:
*:
If equipped
■
Speed limit when using the compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
■
After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in
their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a
collision or sudden braking.
• ABS & Brake assist
• VSC
•TRAC
• EPS
• Automatic High Beam
• Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• Tire pressure warning system
• BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
•
Intuitive parking assist
*
•
Intelligent Clearance Sonar
(ICS)
*
•
Rear view monitor system
*
• Toyota parking assist monitor
•
Panoramic view monitor
*
•
Navigation system
*
456
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■
Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving
over uneven road surfaces.
■
Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
■
When replacing the tires
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
■
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valve and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 395)
457
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
● The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(P. 184)
● There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(P. 77)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The battery may be discharged. (P. 462)
● The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse.
However, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(P. 458)
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (P. 184), consider each of the follow-
ing points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over
458
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
● The battery may be discharged. (P. 462)
● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function
1
2
3
4
459
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
■
Doors
Using the mechanical key (P.
122) in order to perform the fol-
lowing operations (driver’s door
only):
Locks all doors
Closes the windows and the
moon roof
*
1
(turn and hold)
*
2
Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks the driver's door. Turning the key once
again unlocks the other doors.
Opens the windows and the moon roof
*
1
(turn and hold)
*
2
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
If the electronic key does not operate properly
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (P. 137) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wire-
less remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors
and trunk can be opened and the engine can be started by fol-
lowing the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors, unlocking the trunk and key
linked functions
1
2
3
4
460
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■
Trunk
Turn the mechanical key clock-
wise to open.
Ensure that the shift lever is in P and firmly depress the brake
pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to IGNITION
ON mode.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization set-
ting, the engine switch will turn to
ACCESSORY mode.
Firmly depress the brake pedal and check that is displayed
on the multi-information display.
Press the engine switch shortly and firmly.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
461
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
■ Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when
stopping the engine.
■ Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 414)
■ Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step above.
The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed. (P. 185)
■ When the electronic key does not work properly
● Make sure that the smart key system has not been deactivated in the
customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features: P. 497)
● Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(P. 136)
WARNING
■ When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows or
moon roof
Operate the power window or moon roof after checking to make sure that
there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts
caught in the window or moon roof. Also, do not allow children to operate
the mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get
caught in the power window or moon roof.
3
462
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Confirm that the electronic key
is being carried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and doors locked. (P. 82)
Open the hood. (P. 381)
Remove the engine cover.
Make sure to pull the engine cover
straight up when removing it.
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
1
2
3
463
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the engine
switch off.
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicle's
engine.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
464
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■ Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is off.
● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■ When the battery is removed or discharged
● Information stored in the ECU is cleared. When the battery is depleted, have
the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.
● Some systems may require initialization. (P. 505)
■ When removing the battery terminals
When the battery terminals are removed, the information stored in the ECU is
cleared. Before removing the battery terminals, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
■ When recharging or replacing the battery
● In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart
key system when the battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote control
or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.
● The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged
but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction.
● The engine switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the battery is
reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the battery
was discharged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis-
charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
■ When replacing the battery
● Use a battery that conforms to European regulations.
● Use a battery that the case size is same as the previous one (LN3), 20 hour
rate capacity (20HR) is equivalent (70Ah) or greater, and performance rating
(CCA) is equivalent (603A) or greater.
• If the sizes differ, the battery cannot be properly secured.
• If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, even if the time period where the vehi-
cle is not used is a short time, the battery may discharge and the engine
may not be able to start.
● For details, consult your Toyota dealer.
465
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
WARNING
■ When removing the battery terminals
Always remove the negative (-) terminal first. If the positive (+) terminal con-
tacts any metal in the surrounding area when the positive (+) terminal is
removed, a spark may occur, leading to a fire in addition to electrical shocks
and death or serious injury.
■ Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
■ Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
● When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
● Do not lean over the battery.
● In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
● Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
● Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
■ When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.
466
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant leaks,
immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
If your vehicle overheats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
● The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 90 )
enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced. (For
example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
● “Engine Coolant Temp High Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s
Manual” is shown on the multi-information display.
● Steam comes out from under the hood.
Correction procedures
1
2
3
1
2
467
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines
on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“F” line
“L” line
Radiator cap
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check
that the radiator cooling fan operates and to check for coolant leaks
from the radiator or hoses.
The fan operates when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is operating by checking the fan
sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning
system on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not operate in freezing tem-
peratures.)
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the fan is operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
468
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
WARNING
■ To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
● Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from
the fan and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be
caught, resulting in serious injury.
● Do not loosen the radiator cap and the coolant reservoir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
■ When adding engine coolant
Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding engine coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too
quickly can cause damage to the engine.
■ To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
● Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
● Do not use any coolant additives.
469
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
7
When trouble arises
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels
to help provide traction.
Restart the engine.
Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then,
while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
1
2
3
4
5
470
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
AVALON_U
■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press to turn off TRAC.
WARNING
■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
■ When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
● Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
471
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 472
Fuel information ................ 481
Tire information ................. 484
8-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 497
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize ............... 505
472
AVALON_U
8-1.Specifications
*
1
: Unladen vehicles
*
2
: Vehicles with 215/55R17 tires
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 195.9 in. (4975 mm)
Overall width 72.8 in. (1850 mm)
Overall height*
1
56.5 in. (1435 mm)
Wheelbase 113.0 in. (2870 mm)
Tread
Front
62.6 in. (1590 mm)
63.0 in. (1600 mm)
*
2
Rear
63.2 in. (1605 mm)
63.6 in. (1615 mm)
*
2
Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)
940 lb. (425 kg)
473
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
■
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
This number is also on the Cer-
tification Label.
Vehicle identification
474
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
■
Engine number
The engine number is stamped
on the engine block as shown.
*: Vehicles with 215/55R17 tires
Engine
Model 2GR-FKS
Type
6-cylinder V type,
4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
3.70 3.27 in.
(94.0 83.0 mm)
Displacement 210.9 cu. in. (3456 cm
3
)
Valve clearance Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
14.5 gal. (55 L, 12.0 Imp. gal.)*
16.0 gal. (60.6 L, 13.3 Imp. gal.)
475
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
■
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to sat-
isfy the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice for
good fuel economy and good start-
ing in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available, SAE
5W-20 oil may be used. However,
it must be replaced with SAE 0W-
20 at the next oil change.
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold
startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of
the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the
oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher
value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or
under extreme load conditions.
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill ―
reference
*)
With filter
Without filter
5.7 qt. (5.4 L, 4.8 Imp. qt.)
5.6 qt. (5.3 L, 4.7 Imp. qt.)
Outside temperature
476
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Commit-
tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark
is added to some oil containers
to help you select the oil you
should use.
Cooling system
Capacity
(Reference)
9.1 qt. (8.6 L, 7.6 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and
non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make DENSO FK20HBR8
Gap 0.031 in. (0.8 mm)
NOTICE
■ Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust spark plug gap.
477
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
Electrical system
Battery
Specific voltage reading at
68F (20C):
12.3 V or higher
If the voltage is lower than the standard
value, charge the battery.
(When checking the voltage, after turning
the engine switch off, wait for 30 seconds
with the high beam headlights illuminated,
then turn the high beam headlights off and
check the voltage.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Automatic transaxle
Fluid capacity* 7.9 qt. (7.5 L, 6.6 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
■ Transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may cause
deterioration in shift quality, locking up of the transmission accompanied by
vibration and, ultimately, damage to the vehicle’s transmission.
478
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
*: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 67 lbf (300 N, 31
kgf) while the engine is running.
17-inch tires
Brakes
Pedal clearance* 3.2 in. (81 mm)
Pedal free play 0.04 0.24 in. (1 6 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Tires and wheels
Tire size 215/55R17 94V, T155/70D17 110M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Driving under normal conditions
Front:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare:
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph
[160 km/h]) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 5 psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size 17 7 1/2 J, 17 4 T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
479
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
18-inch tires
19-inch tires
Tire size 235/45R18 94V, T155/70D17 110M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Driving under normal conditions
Front:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare:
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph
[160 km/h]) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 5 psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size 18 8 J, 17 4 T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 235/40R19 92V, T155/70D17 110M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Driving under normal conditions
Front:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare:
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph
[160 km/h]) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 5 psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
19 8 J, 19 8.5 J, 17 4 T (compact
spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
480
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
*: Light bulbs not listed in this table are LED bulbs.
Light bulbs
*
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Interior
Door courtesy lights 168 5 A
Vanity lights 7065 1.4 B
Trunk light 5A
A: Wedge base bulbs
B: Double end bulbs
481
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
■ Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso-
line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
■ Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
● Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
● All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concen-
tration program.
● Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.
Fuel information
You must only use unleaded gasoline.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A..
482
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
■ Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as
reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically
acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced
vehicle emissions.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
● If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
● Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
■ If your engine knocks
● Consult your Toyota dealer.
● You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
● Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% etha-
nol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).
DO NOT use gasoline contain-
ing more than 15% ethanol.
(30% ethanol)
(50% ethanol)
(85% ethanol)
483
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
NOTICE
■ Notice on fuel quality
● Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
● Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
● Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
● Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
■ Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is
encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
■ When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
484
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
Full-size tire
Compact spare tire
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
485
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
Tire size (P. 487)
Summer tires or all season tires (P. 399)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P. 486)
Location of treadwear indicators (P. 393)
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 478)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 398)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary
emergency use only.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
486
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
DOT symbol
*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
Manufacturer’s code
*
: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
487
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
■
Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car [some-
times omitted],
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter)
■
Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Tire size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
488
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Tire section names
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
489
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
■
DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
■
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
■
Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
490
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
■
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
491
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1
*
that follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1
*
below
492
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1
*
below), and dividing by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between compo-
nents in the bead
Tire related term Meaning
493
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or
innerliner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Tire related term Meaning
494
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele-
vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec-
tive bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Tire related term Meaning
495
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
AVALON_U
*
: Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-
1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( )
on at least one sidewall
Test ri m
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
496
8-1. Specifications
AVALON_U
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
497
AVALON_U
8
Vehicle specifications
8-2. Customization
When customizing vehicle features, ensure that the vehicle is parked
in a safe place with the shift lever in P and the parking brake set.
■
Changing on the audio system screen
Press the “MENU” button.
Select “Setup” on the “Menu” screen.
Select “General” or “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can
be changed for details.
■
Changing using the multi-information display
P. 100
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to suit your preferences. The settings of these fea-
tures can be changed using the multi-information display, on the
audio system screen, or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle features
1
2
3
498
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
■
Gauges, meters and multi-information display (P. 90, 93)
*: The default setting varies according to country.
Customizable features
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Language English
French
O —
Spanish
Units* miles (MPG US)
miles (MPG Imperial)
O —km (L/100 km)
km (km/L)
Convenience services
(Suggestion function)
On
On
(when the vehicle is
stopped)
O O
Off
1
2
499
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
8
Vehicle specifications
■
Door lock (P. 125, 131, 459)
■
Smart key system and wireless remote control
(P. 125, 131, 135)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Unlocking using a
mechanical key
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors unlocked in
one step
—O
Automatic door lock
Shift position
linked door lock-
ing operation
Off
O O
Speed linked door
locking operation
Automatic door unlock
Shift position
linked door
unlocking opera-
tion
Off
O O
Driver’s door linked
door unlocking oper-
ation
Locking/unlocking of the
trunk when all doors are
locked/unlocked
On Off — O
1 2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Operating signal
(Buzzers)
5 Off to 7 O O
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off O O
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked
60 seconds
Off
OO
30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door warning
buzzer
On Off — O
1 2
500
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
■
Smart key system (P. 125, 131, 135)
■
Wireless remote control (P. 122, 125, 131)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Smart key system On Off — O
Smart door unlocking All the doors Driver’s door O O
Time elapsed before
unlocking all the door
when gripping and hold-
ing the driver’s door han-
dle
2 seconds Off — O
Number of consecutive
door lock operations
2 times As many as desired — O
1 2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Wireless remote control On Off — O
Unlocking operation
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors unlocked in
one step
O O
Trunk unlocking opera-
tion
Press and hold
(short)
One short press
— O
Push twice
Press and hold (long)
Off
Panic function On Off — O
Reservation lock On Off O O
1 2
501
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
8
Vehicle specifications
■
Power windows and moon roof
*
(P. 160, 164)
*: If equipped
■
Moon roof
*
(P. 164)
*: If equipped
■
Driving position memory
*
(P. 146)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting Customized setting
Mechanical key linked
operation
Off On — O
Wireless remote control
linked operation
Off On (open only) — O
Wireless remote control
linked operation signal
(buzzer)
On Off — O
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Linked operation of com-
ponents when mechani-
cal key is used (open
only)
Slide only Tilt only — O
Linked operation of com-
ponents when wireless
remote control is used
Slide only Tilt only — O
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Selecting doors linked to
the memory recall func-
tion
Driver’s door All doors — O
Driver’s seat movement
when exiting the vehicle
Standard
Off
O O
Partial
Steering wheel move-
ment
Tilt only
Telescopic only
OO
Tilt & telescopic
Off
1
2
502
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
■
Automatic light control system (P. 202)
■
Lights (P. 202)
*: Except for Canada
■
Intuitive parking assist
*
(P. 276)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting Customized setting
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O O
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically
turn off after doors are
closed
30 seconds
Off
O O60 seconds
90 seconds
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Daytime running light
system
On Off* O O
Welcome lighting On Off — O
Windshield wiper linked
headlight illumination
On Off — O
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Detection distance of the
front center sensor
Far Near — O
Detection distance of the
rear center sensor
Far Near — O
1
2
503
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
8
Vehicle specifications
■
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (P. 261)
■
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) (P. 261)
■
Driving mode select switches (P. 305)
*: If equipped
■
Automatic air conditioning system (P. 322)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Outside rear view mirror
indicator brightness
Bright Dim — O
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Buzzer volume 2 1 to 3 — O
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
Powertrain control in
customized mode
*
Normal
Power
O —
Eco
Chassis control in cus-
tomized mode
*
Normal Sport O —
Air conditioning opera-
tion in customized
mode
*
Normal Eco O —
1
2
Function Default setting Customized setting
A/C auto switch opera-
tion
Auto Manual O O
1
2
504
8-2. Customization
AVALON_U
■
Illumination (P. 332)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting Customized setting
Time elapsed before
lights turn off
15 seconds
Off
O O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the
engine switch turned off
On Off — O
Operation when the
doors are unlocked
On Off — O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person
On Off — O
Ambient lights* On Off — O
1
2
WARNING
■ During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health
hazard.
NOTICE
■ During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
505
AVALON_U
8
Vehicle specifications
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Message indicating mainte-
nance is required
• After the maintenance is per-
formed
P. 373
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
• When the tire inflation pres-
sure is changed such as
when changing traveling
speed or load weight
• When the tire inflation pres-
sure is changed such as
when the tire size is
changed
• When rotating the tires
• After performing the trans-
mitter ID code registration
procedure
P. 39 5
Intelligent Clearance Sonar
(ICS) (If equipped)
• After reconnecting or chang-
ing the battery
P. 295
506
8-3. Items to initialize
AVALON_U
9
507
For owners
AVALON_U
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners............................. 508
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 509
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 511
508
AVALON_U
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-
tion to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-
331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer,
or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov
; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
509
9
For owners
AVALON_U
● Déroulez la sangle diagonale
de telle sorte qu'elle passe bien
sur l'épaule, sans pour autant
être en contact avec le cou ou
glisser de l'épaule.
● Placez la sangle abdominale le
plus bas possible sur les
hanches.
● Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et
calez-vous bien dans le siège.
● Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité.
■
Ceintures de sécurité
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humidifiés avec de l'eau
savonneuse tiède. Vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont
pas usées, effilochées ou entaillées excessivement.
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité
Entretien et soin
510
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Détérioration et usure des ceintures de sécurité
Inspectez le système de ceintures de sécurité régulièrement. Contrôlez
l'absence de coupures, d'effilochages et de pièces desserrées. N'utilisez
pas une ceinture de sécurité endommagée avant qu'elle ne soit remplacée.
Une ceinture de sécurité endommagée ne permet pas de protéger un occu-
pant de blessures graves ou mortelles.
511
9
For owners
AVALON_U
◆
Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS
Coussin gonflable conducteur/coussin gonflable du passager
avant SRS
Participe à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur et
du passager avant contre les chocs contre les éléments de
l'habitacle
Coussins gonflables de genoux SRS
Participent à la protection du conducteur et du passager avant
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions
extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc-
tions in English.
1
2
512
AVALON_U
◆
Coussins gonflables latéraux et rideaux SRS
Coussins gonflables latéraux avant SRS
Participent à la protection du torse des occupants de siège avant
Coussins gonflables latéraux arrière SRS
Participent à la protection du torse des occupants des sièges
latéraux arrière
Coussin gonflable rideau SRS
● Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des occu-
pants des sièges latéraux
● Peut contribuer à empêcher les occupants d’être éjectés du
véhicule en cas de tonneau
3
4
5
513
9
For owners
AVALON_U
Composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS
Capteurs d'impact avant
Système de classification de
l'occupant du siège passager
avant (ECU et capteurs)
Coussins gonflables de
genoux
Capteurs d'impact latéral
(portes avant)
Capteurs d'impact latéral
(avant)
Coussin gonflable passager
avant
Coussins gonflables latéraux
avant
Coussins gonflables rideaux
Coussins gonflables latéraux
arrière
Témoins indicateurs “AIR
BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF”
Témoin d'avertissement SRS
Ensemble de capteurs de
coussins gonflables
Capteurs d'impact latéral
(arrière)
Coussin gonflable conducteur
Contact de boucle de ceinture
de sécurité conducteur
Prétensionneurs de ceintures
de sécurité et limiteurs de
force
Capteur de position du siège
conducteur
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
514
AVALON_U
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLI-
GENTS conçus selon les normes de sécurité américaines applicables
aux véhicules à moteur (FMVSS208). L'ensemble de capteurs de
coussins gonflables (ECU) régule le déploiement des coussins gon-
flables sur la base des informations qu'il reçoit des capteurs, etc., indi-
qués ci-dessus dans le schéma illustrant les composants du système.
Parmi ces informations figurent la gravité du choc et l'occupation du
véhicule par les passagers. Le déploiement rapide des coussins gon-
flables est obtenu au moyen d'une réaction chimique dans les disposi-
tifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant d'amortir
le mouvement des occupants.
515
9
For owners
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables
SRS.
Le non-respect de ces précautions peut occasionner des blessures graves,
voire mortelles.
● Le conducteur et tous les passagers du véhicule doivent porter correcte-
ment leur ceinture de sécurité.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplémentaires à utili-
ser avec les ceintures de sécurité.
● Le coussin gonflable conducteur SRS se déploie avec une force considé-
rable, pouvant occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le
conducteur se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. L'autorité fédérale
chargée de la sécurité routière aux États-Unis (NHTSA) conseille:
La zone à risque du coussin gonflable conducteur se situant dans les pre-
miers 2 à 3 in. (50 à 75 mm) de déploiement, vous placer à 10 in. (250
mm) de votre coussin gonflable conducteur vous garantit une marge de
sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer entre le centre du volant
et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à moins de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pou-
vez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs façons:
• Reculez votre siège le plus possible, de manière à pouvoir encore
atteindre confortablement les pédales.
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Bien que les véhicules aient une conception différente, un grand
nombre de conducteurs peuvent s'asseoir à une distance de 10 in. (250
mm), même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé, simple-
ment en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des difficul-
tés à voir la route après avoir incliné le dossier de votre siège, utilisez
un coussin ferme et antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le
siège si votre véhicule est équipé de cette fonction.
• Si votre volant est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a pour effet
d'orienter le coussin gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutôt que
de votre tête et de votre cou.
Réglez votre siège selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus,
tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales, du volant et la vue des com-
mandes du tableau de bord.
516
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Le coussin gonflable passager avant SRS se déploie également avec une
force considérable, pouvant occasionner des blessures graves, voire mor-
telles, si le passager avant se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. Le
siège du passager avant doit être éloigné le plus possible du coussin gon-
flable en réglant le dossier de siège de façon à ce que le passager avant
soit assis bien droit dans le siège.
● Les nourrissons et les enfants qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou
attachés peuvent être grièvement blessés ou tués par le déploiement d'un
coussin gonflable. Un nourrisson ou un enfant trop petit pour utiliser une
ceinture de sécurité doit être correctement attaché au moyen d'un siège
de sécurité enfant. Toyota recommande vivement d'installer tous les nour-
rissons et enfants sur les sièges arrière du véhicule et de prévoir pour eux
des systèmes de retenue adaptés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs pour
les nourrissons et les enfants que le siège du passager avant.
● N'installez jamais un siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le
siège passager avant, même si le témoin indicateur “AIR BAG OFF” est
allumé.
En cas d'accident, la force engendrée par le déploiement rapide du cous-
sin gonflable du passager avant peut blesser grièvement, voire tuer
l'enfant si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est installé sur le
siège du passager avant.
● Si vous attachez une rallonge de cein-
ture de sécurité à la boucle de ceinture
de sécurité du conducteur sans l'atta-
cher au pêne de la ceinture de sécurité
du conducteur, les coussins gonflables
frontaux SRS du conducteur déter-
minent que le conducteur a attaché sa
ceinture de sécurité bien que la ceinture
de sécurité ne soit pas attachée. Dans
ce cas, les coussins gonflables frontaux
SRS du conducteur peuvent ne pas se
déployer correctement en cas de colli-
sion, pouvant occasionner des bles-
sures graves, voire mortelles. Veillez à
porter la ceinture de sécurité avec la
rallonge de ceinture de sécurité.
517
9
For owners
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du
siège et ne vous appuyez pas contre la
planche de bord.
● Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout
devant le coussin gonflable passager
avant SRS ou s'asseoir sur les genoux
du passager avant.
● Ne laissez pas les occupants des
sièges avant voyager avec un objet sur
les genoux.
● Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte, le
rail latéral de toit ou les montants avant,
latéraux et arrière.
● Ne laissez personne s'agenouiller sur
les sièges passagers en appui contre la
porte ou sortir la tête ou les mains à
l'extérieur du véhicule.
518
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne suspendez aucun cintre ou objet dur aux crochets à vêtements. Tous
ces objets pourraient se transformer en projectiles et causer des blessures
graves, voire mortelles en cas de déploiement des coussins gonflables
rideaux SRS.
● Ne fixez rien et ne posez rien sur des
emplacements tels que la planche de
bord, la garniture du volant et la partie
inférieure du tableau de bord.
Ces éléments peuvent se transformer
en projectiles lorsque les coussins gon-
flables conducteur, passager avant et
genoux SRS se déploient.
● Ne fixez rien aux portes, au pare-brise,
aux vitres, aux montants avant et
arrière, au rail latéral de toit et à la poi-
gnée de maintien.
519
9
For owners
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Si un cache en vinyle est placé sur la zone où le coussin gonflable de
genoux SRS se déploie, assurez-vous de le retirer.
● N'utilisez aucun accessoire de siège recouvrant les zones de déploiement
des coussins gonflables latéraux SRS, car il risque de gêner le déploie-
ment des coussins gonflables SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empê-
cher les coussins gonflables latéraux de fonctionner correctement,
désactiver le système ou entraîner le déploiement accidentel des coussins
gonflables latéraux, occasionnant des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
● Évitez de faire subir des chocs ou des pressions excessives aux parties
renfermant les composants de coussins gonflables SRS ou aux portes
avant.
En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un dysfonctionnement des coussins gon-
flables SRS.
● Ne touchez aucun composant immédiatement après le déploiement (gon-
flage) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent être chauds.
● Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l'air
frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger.
Essuyez tout résidu dès que possible afin d'éviter d'éventuelles irritations
de la peau.
● Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, comme les garni-
tures du volant et des montants avant et arrière, sont endommagées ou
craquelées, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toyota.
● Ne placez rien sur le siège du passager avant, comme un coussin par
exemple. Cela a pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager sur
toute la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter correcte-
ment le poids du passager. En conséquence, les coussins gonflables fron-
taux SRS du passager avant risquent de ne pas se déployer en cas de
collision.
520
AVALON_U
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Modification et mise au rebut des composants du système de coussins
gonflables SRS
Ne mettez pas votre véhicule au rebut et ne procédez à aucune des modifi-
cations suivantes sans consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les cous-
sins gonflables SRS peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement ou se
déployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provoquant la mort ou de graves
blessures.
● Installation, dépose, démontage et réparation des coussins gonflables
SRS
● Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du
tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garnissage,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière, des rails latéraux de toit, des pan-
neaux de porte avant, des garnitures de porte avant ou des haut-parleurs
de porte avant
● Modifications du panneau de porte avant (par exemple, perçage d'un trou
dans le panneau)
● Réparations ou modifications des ailes avant, du pare-chocs avant ou des
flancs de l'habitacle
● Installation d'un protège-calandre (pare-buffle, pare-kangourou, etc.), de
chasse-neige, de treuils, ou d'un porte-bagages de toit
● Modifications du système de suspension du véhicule
● Installation d'appareils électroniques tels que les émetteurs/récepteurs
radios mobiles et les lecteurs CD
● Modifications de votre véhicule pour une personne atteinte d'un handicap
physique
521
Index
AVALON_U
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 522
Alphabetical index ..................... 525
For information regarding the equipment listed below, refer to “NAV-
IGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
• Navigation system
• Audio/visual system
• Toyota parking assist monitor
• Panoramic view monitor
• Toyota Entune
522
AVALON_U
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
●
If you lose your mechanical keys, new genuine mechanical keys can be
made by your Toyota dealer. (P. 123)
●
If you lose your electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (P. 124)
●
Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 414)
●
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P. 185)
●
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
●
The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (P. 123, 137)
●
Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (P. 12 8 )
●
The function to prevent the electronic key from being left inside the trunk
will operate and you can open the trunk as usual. Take the key out from the
trunk. (P. 132)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
The trunk lid is closed with the electronic key left inside
523
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
AVALON_U
●
Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(P. 184)
●
Is the shift lever in P? (P. 186)
●
Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (P. 135)
●
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 186)
●
Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (P. 460)
●
Is the battery discharged? (P. 462)
●
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (P. 193)
●
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P. 186)
●
Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 160)
●
The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (P. 186)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically
524
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
AVALON_U
●
The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 433)
●
The parking brake indicator is on
Is the parking brake released? (P. 196)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(P. 430, 440)
●
Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects it and the alarm sounds. (P. 80)
Do one of the following to stop the alarm:
• Unlock the doors.
• Open the trunk using the entry function or wireless remote control.
• Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or start
the engine.
●
Is the message displayed on the multi-information display?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (P. 440)
●
When a warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed, refer to
P. 430, 440.
●
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare
tire. (P. 445)
●
Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (P. 469)
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
525
AVALON_U
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A/C ............................................ 322
Air conditioning filter .............412
Automatic air
conditioning system............ 322
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)...... 309
Warning light......................... 431
Adaptive Variable
Suspension System.............. 310
Air conditioning filter .............. 412
Air conditioning
system.................................... 322
Air conditioning filter .............412
Automatic air
conditioning system............ 322
Airbags ....................................... 36
Airbag operating conditions .... 45
Airbag precautions for
your child.............................. 39
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions ............. 46
Curtain shield airbag
precautions...........................42
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 50
General airbag precautions .... 39
Locations of airbags................ 36
Modification and disposal
of airbags..............................44
Side airbag operating
conditions .............................46
Side airbag precautions.......... 39
Side and curtain shield
airbags operating
conditions............................. 46
Side and curtain shield
airbags precautions.............. 39
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners ............... 511
SRS airbags ........................... 36
SRS warning light................. 431
Alarm .......................................... 80
Ambient lights ......................... 334
Anchor brackets........................ 60
Antennas
(smart key system) ............... 135
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS)...................................... 309
Warning light......................... 431
Approach warning................... 256
Armrest..................................... 355
Assist grips.............................. 355
Audio/visual system
*
Automatic air
conditioning system ............. 322
Air conditioning filter ............. 412
Automatic High Beam............. 206
Automatic light control
system.................................... 202
Automatic transmission ......... 189
If the shift lever
cannot be shifted from P .... 193
Paddle shift switches............ 191
S mode ................................. 190
Auxiliary boxes........................ 339
A
*: Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
526
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb .............. 419
Battery ...................................... 390
Battery checking ................... 390
If the battery is discharged.... 462
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................316
Replacing..............................464
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)....... 261
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 265
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 267
Bottle holders .......................... 337
Brake
Brake Hold............................200
Fluid...................................... 478
Parking brake........................ 196
Warning light......................... 430
Brake assist ............................. 309
Brake Hold................................ 200
Warning light......................... 432
Brake override system............ 171
Break-in tips ............................ 171
Brightness control
Ambient lights ....................... 334
Instrument panel light
control................................... 91
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 261
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 265
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 267
Care
Aluminum wheels ................. 367
Exterior ................................. 366
Interior .................................. 369
Seat belts.............................. 370
Cargo capacity......................... 181
Cargo net.................................. 341
Chains ...................................... 317
Child restraint system............... 56
Booster seats, definition ......... 57
Booster seats, installation....... 66
Convertible seats, definition ... 57
Convertible seats,
installation ............................ 64
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 50
Infant seats, definition............. 57
Infant seats, installation .......... 63
Installing CRS
with LATCH anchors ............ 61
Installing CRS
with seat belts ...................... 63
Installing CRS
with top tether strap.............. 67
B
C
527
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Child safety ................................ 55
Airbag precautions..................39
Battery precautions....... 391, 465
Child restraint system ............. 56
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 32
Installing child restraints ......... 60
Moon roof precautions.......... 167
Power window lock switch .... 160
Power window precautions ... 163
Rear door child-protectors .... 128
Removed electronic key
battery precautions.............415
Seat belt extender
precautions...........................35
Seat belt precautions.............. 34
Seat heater precautions........ 329
Trunk precautions................. 133
Child-protectors....................... 128
Cleaning ........................... 366, 369
Aluminum wheels..................367
Exterior ................................. 366
Interior...................................369
Seat belts.............................. 370
Coat hooks ............................... 356
Condenser................................ 388
Console box ............................. 336
Consumption
screen............................... 97, 116
Coolant
Capacity................................476
Checking............................... 387
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................316
Cooling system........................ 387
Engine overheating............... 466
Cornering lights....................... 203
Cruise control
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........248
Cup holders ............................. 338
Curtain shield airbags............... 37
Customizable features............ 497
Customized mode ................... 305
Daytime running light
system.................................... 204
Defogger
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 324
Rear window......................... 324
Windshield............................ 324
Dimensions .............................. 472
Dinghy towing.......................... 183
Display
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range.......... 248
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control).......... 243
Multi-information display......... 93
Warning messages............... 440
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 379
Door courtesy lights
Location................................ 332
Wattage ................................ 480
Door lock
Doors.................................... 125
Smart key system................. 125
Wireless remote control........ 125
Doors ........................................ 125
Automatic door locking
and unlocking systems....... 128
Door lock .............................. 127
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 157
Rear door child-protector...... 128
Side doors ............................ 125
Side windows........................ 160
Drive-Start Control .................. 171
Driver’s seat belt
reminder light ........................ 433
D
528
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Driver’s seat position
memory .................................. 146
Driving
Break-in tips..........................171
Correct posture....................... 28
Driving mode select
switches.............................. 305
Procedures ........................... 170
Winter drive tips....................316
Driving information ................... 97
Driving position memory ........ 146
Memory recall function.......... 149
Power easy access
system................................ 146
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ............ 248
Eco drive mode........................ 305
Eco Driving Indicator .............. 107
EDR
(Event data recorder).............. 11
Electric Power Steering
(EPS)....................................... 310
Warning light......................... 432
Electronic key .......................... 122
Battery-saving function ......... 137
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 459
Replacing the battery............ 414
Emergency flashers ................422
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 430
If a warning light turns on ..... 430
If a warning message is
displayed............................ 440
If the battery is discharged ... 462
If the electronic key does not
operate properly................. 459
If the engine will not start...... 457
If the vehicle is trapped in
rising water......................... 424
If you have a flat tire ............. 445
If you lose your keys..... 123, 124
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 428
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 469
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency... 423
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 425
If your vehicle overheats....... 466
Engine
ACCESSORY mode............. 185
Compartment........................ 383
Engine switch ....................... 184
Hood..................................... 381
How to start the engine......... 184
Identification number ............ 474
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency ......................... 423
Ignition switch
(engine switch)................... 184
Overheating.......................... 466
E
529
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Engine coolant
Capacity................................476
Checking............................... 387
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................316
Engine coolant temperature
gauge........................................ 90
Engine immobilizer system ...... 77
Engine oil
Capacity................................475
Checking............................... 384
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................316
Engine switch .......................... 184
Enhanced VSC ......................... 309
Entune Audio Plus
*
Entune Premium Audio
*
EPS
(Electric Power Steering)...... 310
Warning light......................... 432
Event data recorder
(EDR) ........................................ 11
Flat tire ..................................... 445
Floor mats.................................. 26
Fluid
Automatic transaxle.............. 477
Brake .................................... 478
Washer ................................. 392
Front interior light ................... 333
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 50
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light ........................ 433
Front personal lights............... 333
Front seat heaters ................... 329
Front seats ............................... 142
Adjustment............................ 142
Cleaning ............................... 369
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Driving position memory....... 146
Head restraints ..................... 151
Power easy access
system................................ 146
Seat heaters ......................... 329
Seat ventilators..................... 329
Front side marker lights
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
F
*: Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
530
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Front turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 419
Turn signal lever ................... 195
Fuel
Capacity................................474
Fuel gauge.............................. 90
Fuel pump shut off system.... 429
Information............................481
Refueling............................... 214
Type.............................. 474, 481
Warning light......................... 433
Fuel consumption.................... 116
Fuel filler door.......................... 214
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened............... 217
Refueling............................... 214
Fuel pump shut off system..... 429
Fuses ........................................ 416
Garage door opener ................ 357
Gauges ....................................... 90
Glove box ................................. 336
Grocery bag hooks.................. 341
Head restraints ........................ 151
Head-up display....................... 109
Headlights ................................ 202
Automatic High Beam........... 206
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
Windshield wiper linked
headlight illumination.......... 205
Heated steering wheel ............ 329
Heaters
Automatic air
conditioning system............ 322
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 324
Seat heaters ......................... 329
High mounted stoplight
Replacing.............................. 419
Hill-start assist control ........... 309
Hood ......................................... 381
Hooks
Coat hooks ........................... 356
Grocery bag hooks ............... 341
Retaining hooks (floor mat) .... 26
Horn .......................................... 154
HUD (Head-up display) ........... 109
G
H
531
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
I/M test ...................................... 378
ICS (Intelligent Clearance
Sonar)..................................... 284
Warning light......................... 433
Warning messages............... 295
Identification
Engine...................................474
Vehicle..................................473
Ignition switch
(engine switch)...................... 184
Illuminated entry system ........ 334
Immobilizer system ................... 77
Indicators ................................... 87
Initialization
Intelligent Clearance
Sonar.................................. 295
Items to initialize ...................505
Tire pressure
warning system ..................395
Inside rear view mirror............ 155
Instrument panel light
control...................................... 91
Intelligent Clearance
Sonar (ICS)............................. 284
Warning light......................... 433
Warning messages............... 295
Interior lights............................ 332
Switch ................................... 333
Intuitive parking assist............ 276
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 382
Vehicle-equipped jack .......... 446
Jack handle.............................. 446
Jam protection function
Moon roof ............................. 165
Power window ...................... 160
Keyless entry
Smart key system......... 125, 131
Wireless remote
control ........................ 125, 131
Keys.......................................... 122
Battery-saving function......... 137
Electronic key ....................... 122
Engine switch ....................... 184
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 459
If you lose your keys..... 123, 124
Key number plate ................. 122
Keyless entry........................ 122
Mechanical key..................... 122
Replacing the battery............ 414
Warning buzzer .................... 136
Wireless remote control........ 122
Knee airbags.............................. 36
I
J
K
532
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Lane Departure Alert with
steering control (LDA) .......... 238
Language
(multi-information display)... 105
LATCH anchors ......................... 61
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)............ 238
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 381
Hood lock release lever ........ 381
Internal trunk release lever ... 132
Shift lever.............................. 189
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever ............... 153
Turn signal lever ................... 195
Wiper lever............................ 210
License plate lights
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs............. 419
Light bulbs
Replacing..............................419
Lights
Automatic High Beam...........206
Cornering lights..................... 203
Daytime running light
system................................ 204
Door courtesy lights.............. 332
Headlight switch....................202
Illuminated entry system ....... 334
Interior lights ......................... 333
Interior lights list.................... 332
Personal lights ......................333
Replacing light bulbs............. 419
Trunk light............................. 132
Turn signal lever ................... 195
Vanity lights .......................... 342
Wattage ................................480
Welcome lighting .................. 205
Load capacity........................... 181
Lock steering column ............. 186
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 379
General maintenance ........... 374
Maintenance data................. 472
Maintenance
requirements ...................... 372
Resetting the message
indicating maintenance
is required .......................... 373
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 431
Master warning light ............... 433
Memory recall function ........... 149
Meter
Head-up display.................... 109
Indicators................................ 87
Instrument panel light
control .................................. 91
Meters..................................... 90
Multi-information display......... 93
Settings................................. 100
Warning lights......................... 85
Warning messages............... 440
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror.......... 155
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 324
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 157
Vanity mirrors ....................... 342
Moon roof................................. 164
Door lock linked moon roof
operation ............................ 165
Jam protection function ........ 165
Operation.............................. 164
L
M
533
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Multi-information display.......... 93
Driving information.................. 97
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........248
Language..............................105
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 243
Outside temperature............... 90
PCS (Pre-Collision
System) .............................. 230
Settings................................. 100
Suggestion function .............. 106
Warning messages............... 440
Navigation system
*
Noise from under vehicle............ 8
Odometer.................................... 90
Oil
Engine oil.............................. 475
Opener
Fuel filler door....................... 216
Hood ..................................... 381
Trunk..................................... 131
Outside rear view mirrors....... 157
Adjusting and folding ............ 157
Blind spot monitor (BSM)...... 261
Linked mirror function
when reversing ................... 158
Mirror position memory.........146
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 324
Outside temperature
display...................................... 90
Overheating.............................. 466
Paddle shift switches.............. 191
Panic mode .............................. 123
Panoramic view monitor
*
Parking brake........................... 196
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer/
message............................. 199
Warning light......................... 432
Parking lights........................... 202
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).......... 226
Warning light......................... 432
Personal lights......................... 333
Power outlet............................. 343
Power steering
(Electric power steering
system) .................................. 310
Warning light......................... 432
Power windows ....................... 160
Door lock linked window
operation ............................ 162
Jam protection function ........ 160
Operation.............................. 160
Window lock switch .............. 160
Pre-Collision System
(PCS) ...................................... 226
Warning light......................... 432
N
O
P
*: Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
534
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Radar cruise control
(dynamic radar cruise
control with full-speed
range) ..................................... 248
Radiator .................................... 388
Rear Camera Detection
Function ................................. 272
Rear Cross Traffic Alert .......... 267
Rear Cross Traffic
Auto Brake ............................. 286
Rear passengers’ seat belt
reminder light ........................ 433
Rear personal lights ................333
Rear seat heaters..................... 329
Rear seats
Folding down ........................ 144
Rear side marker lights
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs............. 419
Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 419
Turn signal lever ................... 195
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 155
Outside rear view mirrors...... 157
Rear window defogger............ 324
Refueling .................................. 214
Capacity................................474
Fuel types .............................474
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened............... 217
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 216
Replacing
Electronic key battery ...........414
Fuses.................................... 416
Light bulbs ............................ 419
Tires...................................... 445
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners...................... 508
Resetting the message
indicating maintenance
is required.............................. 373
Safety Connect .......................... 71
Seat belt reminder light .......... 433
Seat belts ................................... 30
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 31
Automatic Locking
Retractor .............................. 32
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 63
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................ 370
Emergency Locking
Retractor .............................. 32
How to wear your seat belt..... 30
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 32
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 33
Reminder light and buzzer.... 433
Seat belt extender .................. 32
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners ............... 509
Seat belt pretensioners........... 31
SRS warning light................. 431
Seat heaters ............................. 329
Seat ventilators........................ 329
Seating capacity...................... 181
R
S
535
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Seats................................. 142, 144
Adjustment.................... 142, 144
Adjustment
precautions................. 143, 145
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 63
Cleaning................................ 369
Driving position memory ....... 146
Folding down the rear
seatbacks ........................... 144
Front seat heaters.................329
Head restraints ..................... 151
Power easy access
system................................ 146
Properly sitting in the seat ......28
Rear seat heaters ................. 329
Seat ventilators.....................329
Secondary Collision Brake..... 310
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 204
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 206
Camera sensor .....................220
Inside rear view mirror .......... 156
Intuitive parking assist ..........276
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 238
Radar sensor ........................ 220
Service reminder
indicators................................. 84
Shift lever ................................. 189
Automatic transmission.........189
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P ................193
S mode .................................190
Shift lock system..................... 192
Side airbags ............................... 37
Side marker lights ................... 202
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
Side mirrors ............................. 157
Adjusting and folding ............ 157
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)..... 261
Heaters................................. 324
Side turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
Turn signal lever................... 195
Smart key system.................... 135
Antenna location................... 135
Entry functions.............. 125, 131
Starting the engine ............... 184
Snow tires ................................ 318
Spare tire.................................. 445
Inflation pressure.................. 478
Storage location.................... 446
Spark plug................................ 476
Specifications .......................... 472
Speedometer.............................. 90
Sport mode .............................. 305
Steering lock
Column lock release............. 186
Steering wheel ......................... 153
Adjustment............................ 153
Heated steering wheel.......... 329
Meter control switches............ 94
Power easy access
system................................ 146
Stoplights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
Storage feature........................ 335
Storage precautions................ 335
536
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck...................................469
Sun visors ................................ 342
Sunshade
Roof ...................................... 165
Switches
Automatic High Beam
switch ................................. 206
Brake hold switch.................. 200
Cruise control switch............. 248
Door lock switches................127
Driving mode select
switches.............................. 305
Driving position memory
switches.............................. 146
Emergency flasher switch..... 422
Engine switch........................184
Fuel door opener switch ....... 216
Garage door opener
switches.............................. 357
Heated steering wheel..........329
Ignition switch ....................... 184
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)
switch ................................. 242
Light switch........................... 202
Meter control switches............ 94
“MOOD” switch .....................334
Moon roof switches............... 164
“ODO/TRIP” switch................. 95
Outside rear view mirror
switches.............................. 157
Paddle shift switches ............191
Parking brake switch............. 196
Power door lock switch......... 127
Power window switches........160
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ................ 324
Seat heater switches ............ 329
Seat ventilators switches...... 329
“SOS” button........................... 71
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release switch............. 153
Trunk opener switch ............. 131
Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance switch................... 254
VSC OFF switch................... 311
Window lock switch .............. 160
Windshield wiper and
washer switch..................... 210
Wireless charger switch........ 346
Tachometer ................................ 90
Tail lights
Light switch........................... 202
Replacing light bulbs ............ 419
Theft deterrent system
Alarm ...................................... 80
Engine immobilizer system..... 77
Tire inflation pressure............. 407
Maintenance data................. 478
Warning light......................... 434
Tire information....................... 484
Glossary ............................... 491
Size....................................... 487
Tire identification number ..... 486
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading .............................. 489
Tire pressure warning system
Initializing.............................. 395
Installing tire pressure
warning valve and
transmitters ........................ 395
Registering ID codes ............ 396
Warning light......................... 434
T
537
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Tires.......................................... 393
Chains...................................317
Checking............................... 393
Glossary................................491
If you have a flat tire ............. 445
Inflation pressure .................. 478
Replacing..............................445
Rotating tires......................... 393
Size....................................... 478
Snow tires............................. 318
Spare tire .............................. 445
Tire pressure warning
system................................ 394
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading............................... 489
Warning light......................... 434
Tools ......................................... 446
Top tether strap ......................... 67
Total load capacity .................. 181
Towing
Dinghy towing ....................... 183
Emergency towing ................ 425
Trailer towing ........................182
Toyota Entune
*
Toyota parking assist
monitor
*
Toyota Safety Sense P............ 218
Automatic High Beam...........206
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........248
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 238
PCS (Pre-Collision
System) .............................. 226
TRAC (Traction Control)......... 309
Traction Control (TRAC) ......... 309
Trailer towing .......................... 182
Transmission
Automatic transmission ........ 189
Driving mode select
switches ............................. 305
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 193
Paddle shift switches............ 191
S mode ................................. 190
Trip information....................... 116
Trip meters................................. 90
Trunk ........................................ 131
Cargo net.............................. 341
Grocery bag hooks ............... 341
Internal trunk release lever ... 132
Smart key system................. 131
Trunk light............................. 132
Trunk opener ........................ 131
Wireless remote control........ 131
Trunk light
Trunk light............................. 132
Wattage ................................ 480
Turn signal lights
Replacing light
bulbs................................... 419
Turn signal lever................... 195
USB charging port................... 344
U
*: Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
538
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Vanity lights ............................. 342
Wattage ................................480
Vanity mirrors .......................... 342
Vanity lights .......................... 342
Vehicle data recording................ 9
Vehicle identification
number................................... 473
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 309
VSC
(Vehicle Stability Control) .... 309
Warning buzzers
Approach warning.................256
Brake system........................ 430
Downshifting .........................192
Electric power steering
system................................ 432
Intuitive parking assist ..........279
Lane departure alert
function............................... 239
Light reminder....................... 205
Open door.............................129
Open hood............................ 381
Open moon roof.................... 166
Open trunk............................ 132
Parking brake........................ 432
Pre-collision warning............. 226
Seat belt reminder ................ 433
Vehicle sway warning ........... 240
Warning lights ........................... 85
ABS ...................................... 431
Brake hold operated
indicator.............................. 432
Brake Override System ........ 431
Brake system........................ 430
Charging system................... 430
Drive-Start Control................ 431
Driver’s seat belt
reminder............................. 433
Electric power steering ......... 432
Front passenger’s seat
belt reminder ...................... 433
High coolant temperature ..... 430
ICS OFF indicator................. 433
LDA indicator........................ 432
Low engine oil pressure........ 430
Low fuel level........................ 433
Malfunction indicator lamp.... 431
Master warning light ............. 433
Parking brake indicator......... 432
PCS warning light................. 432
Rear passengers’ seat belt
reminder light ..................... 433
Seat belt reminder light......... 433
Slip indicator......................... 433
SRS ...................................... 431
Tire pressure ........................ 434
Warning messages.................. 440
Washer ..................................... 210
Checking............................... 392
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 316
Switch................................... 210
V
W
539
Alphabetical index
AVALON_U
Washing and waxing ............... 366
Weight....................................... 472
Cargo capacity...................... 181
Load limits............................. 181
Vehicle capacity weight ........472
Wheels...................................... 410
Replacing..............................410
Size....................................... 478
Window glasses....................... 160
Window lock switch ................160
Windows
Power windows.....................160
Rear window
defogger ............................. 324
Washer .................................210
Windshield wipers ................... 210
Winter driving tips ................... 316
Wireless charger...................... 346
Wireless remote control.......... 122
Battery-Saving Function ....... 137
Locking/Unlocking......... 125, 131
Panic mode........................... 123
Replacing the battery............ 414
540
AVALON_U
GAS STATION INFORMATION
*: Vehicles with 215/55R17 tires
Auxiliary catch lever Trunk opener Fuel filler door
P. 381 P. 131 P. 214
Hood lock release
lever
Fuel filler
door opener
Tire inflation
pressure
P. 381 P. 214
P. 47 8
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
14.5 gal. (55 L, 12.0 Imp. gal.)*
16.0 gal. (60.6 L, 13.3 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type P. 474, 481
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 4 7 8
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)
P. 475
Engine oil type
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
P. 475
